eh a in kn bt HDG ts ee te te radon sro sree re entre” Sas! some" ene : ; . ee ~ real thems Stamos ott Coe < ee Hb ~8M4 EG A AE At tay ye He O « yas ee oe Ae Oe PN EY, A wig 1 r nf i} AY i I i! f \ ; Wirt A a . a \ mh ae 7 Pie a | Pt ee ee ap | EROS eS At Ut aa | aria Na 1 Dig ALLANGHAN COCK | FOUNDS TION PUBLICATIONS OF _ THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA First SERIES ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOLUME 7 1939-1941 THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 1941 ALLAN HANCOCK) }FOUNDAIGE PUBETCAGL ONS ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoLuME 7 1939-1941 THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 1941 CONTENTS 1. Polychaetous Annelids, Part I, Aphroditidae to Pisionidae, by OlzavHartmanys (Plates wl-28)) ioe oe eee ee eee 2. New Species of Polychaetous Annelids from Southern California, byzOleasHartmans \(elatesc29 3 0))zce. ieee see ee ee De eee eee 3. Polychaetous Annelids, Part II, Chrysopetalidae to Goniadidae, by Olea: Hartman) (@Plates) Si =44) ses Sree eee eee ee ee ees 4. Polychaetous Annelids, Part III, Some Contributions to the Bi- ology and Life History of Spionidae from California with keys to species and genera and descriptions of two new forms, by Olsayttartmans ,s (Plates:;45248)) ce ses eee Me a ra ee 2 ae ae 5. Polychaetous Annelids, Part IV, Pectinariidae, with a review of all species from the Western Hemisphere, by Olga Hartman. (de Tatest4 9-52) het veo: 28 het feo T Po 22 ee helen ets RO ne en ete 289-324 325-346 347-352 Errata and Additions Pt. I. Erect Sthenelais variabilis colorata, to Sthenelais sp. Pt. I. Erect Lepidonotus pomareae panamensis, to Lepidonotus panamensis. Middle of p. 86, add Holotype—AHF no. 18 P. 161, change Lumbrineris brevicirra to Lumbrineris zonata Johnson. P. 212, under LEOCRATES, insert Leocrates chinensis Kinberg. At top of p. 289, add Polychaetous Annelids. Part III. Spionidae. P. 322, change Polydora uncata to Boccardia uncata. JO. ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOLUME 7 NuMBERS 1 AND 2 POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PART I. APHRODITIDAE TO PISIONIDAE (Paces 1-156, PLates 1-28) NEW SPECIES OF POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS FROM SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA (Paces 157-172, PLates 29, 30) by OLGA HARTMAN é= tien ! THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 1939 REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS OF VELERO Ill OFF THE COAST OF MEXICO, CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, AND GALA- PAGOS ISLANDS IN 1932, IN 1933, IN 1934, IN 1935, IN 1936, IN 1937, AND IN 1938. POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS Part I. Aphroditidae to Pisionidae By OLGA HARTMAN THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS ALLAN Hancock PAcIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOLUME 7, NUMBERS 1 AND 2 IssuED AUGUST 28, 1939 THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS Los ANGELES, CALIFORNIA POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS Part I. Aphroditidae to Pisionidae (PLATES 1-28) By Otca HarTMAN The polychaetous annelids included in this report were collected largely by the Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions to Lower California, western Mexico, western Central America, the Pacific side of Panama, Colombia, Ecuador, Peru, Cocos and Galapagos islands, and southern California north to San Francisco. A few specimens, indicated with ac- cession numbers, enumerated at the end of the station list, are in the collections of The University of Southern California, and were col- lected from southern California. A station list follows, including only those stations of the Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions which were represented in the families investigated in this report. Under each are listed the species collected, for the families herein considered. New species or new names are pre- ceded by an asterisk. St. 20-33. Jan. 1, 1933. La Libertad, Ecuador. With electric light. Arctonoé vittata (Grube) St. 22-33. Jan. 22, 1933. La Plata Island, Ecuador. Halosydna parva Kinberg St. 28-33. Jan. 25,1933. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, Galapagos. Diving in 2 fms. Sthenelais fusca Johnson St. 66-33. Feb. 9, 1933. Albemarle Island, Tagus Cove, Galapagos. In 10-20 fms., dredged. *Eusigalion hancocki, new species St. 74-33. Feb. 14,1933. Albemarle Island, Cartago Bay, Galapagos. In 3-6 fms., dredged. *Eusigalion hancocki, new species St. 76-33. Feb. 14, 1933. Same locality. North sandy shore, off dead tree. Thormora johnstoni (Kinberg) St. 114-33. Mar. 10, 1933. Bahia Honda, Panama. In coral, from 2 fms., near East Point. Iphione ovata Kinberg C1] St. St. ot. St: ot. St: St. St. Shs St: ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 . 116-33. Mar. 13, 1933. Puerto Culebra, Costa Rica. In 2 fms., dredged in Cocos Bay. Sthenelais variabilis Potts colorata Monro 125-33. Mar. 19, 1933. Isabel Island, Sinaloa, Mexico. In coral, from 2 fms. Lepidonotus hupferi Augener 126-33. Mar. 21,1933. Santa Maria Bay, Lower California. In 0-25 fms., dredged. *Eusigalion hancocki, new species 132-34. Jan. 4, 1934. Braithwaite Bay, Socorro Island, Mexico. In 40 fms., dredged; rock and nullipore fragments. Chaetacanthus magnificus (Grube) 140-34. Jan.5, 1934. Sulphur Bay, Clarion Island, Mexico. Coral clump. *Psammolyce spinosa, new species . 148-34. Jan. 13,1934. Albemarle Island, agus Cove, Gala- pagos. In 12-15 fms., dredged. Corals, nullipores, rock. Lepidonotus nesophilus Chamberlin Lepidametria gigas (Johnson) Hololepida, sp. 152-34. Jan. 14, 1934. Same locality, north shore. In coral. Halosydna parva Kinberg 167-34. Jan. 19,1934. Charles Island, Galapagos. In 15 fms., dredged. Rock. Lepidametria virens (Blanchard) 169-34. Jan. 20, 1934. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island. Dredged. Rock and algae. Lepidametria virens (Blanchard) 171-34. Jan. 21,1934. East of Wreck Bay, Chatham Island. In 35-40 fms., dredged. Coarse sand and corallines. Lepidonotus furcillatus Ehlers 182-34. Jan. 24,1934. James Bay, James Island. In 30 fms., dredged. Coarse sand. Lepidametria virens (Blanchard) 194-34. Jan. 27,1934. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, Gala- pagos. In coral. Thormora johnstoni (Kinberg) NO. | HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 3 St. 198-34. Jan. 29, 1934. Charles Island, Galapagos. In 55-65 fms., dredged. Sand. Polyodontes panamensis (Chamberlin) *Fusigalion spinosum, new species St. 208-34. Feb. 9, 1934. Between La Libertad and Salinas, Ecuador. In 7-8 fms., dredged. Sand and small shells. *Fusigalion hancocki, new species St. 209-34. Feb.9, 1934. La Libertad, Ecuador. In 8-10 fms., dredged. North of St. Elena. Rock with large shells and gor- gonids. A phrodita japonica Marenzeller St. 210-34. Feb. 9, 1934. Between La Libertad and Salinas, Ecuador. In 7-10 fms., dredged. Rock, large shells and gorgonids. Lepidonotus hupferi Augener St. 211-34. Feb. 10, 1934. La Plata Island, Ecuador. Shore. Rocky reefs. Chaetacanthus magnificus (Grube) St. 212-34. Feb. 10, 1934. Same. In 45-55 fms., dredged. Sand, shale, rock, and mud. A phrodita japonica Marenzeller Lepidonotus furcillatus Ehlers St. 213-34. Feb. 10, 1934. Same. In 7-10 fms., dredged. Rocks with nullipores. A phrodita japonica Marenzeller Iphione ovata Kinberg ?Lepidametria virens (Blanchard) Sthenelanella uniformis Moore St. 216-34. Feb. 11, 1934. Cape San Francisco, Ecuador. In 20 fms., dredged. Muck. Polyodontes oculea (Treadwell) Pareulepis fimbriata (Treadwell) *Leanira fimbriarum, new species t. 217-34. Feb. 11, 1934. Same. In 2 fms. Rocky. Thormora johnstoni (Kinberg) St. 232-34. Feb. 14, 1934. Port Utria, Colombia. Shore, isthmus be- tween two islands. Iphione ovata Kinberg Sp) 4 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 St. 239-34. Feb. 15,1934. Port Utria, Colombia. Shore. Reef inner side, outer isle. Iphione ovata Kinberg St. 244-34. Feb. 21,1934. Bahia Honda, Panama. In 30-35 fms., dredged, between Medidor and Pacora Island. Fine shell, mud, coarse sand. *Pontogenia laeviseta, new species Panthalis pacifica Treadwell St. 245-34. Feb. 21,1934. Same. In 15-25 fms., dredged off North- west Point, Pacora Island. Rock, large shells, and nullipores. Chaetacanthus magnificus (Grube) *Lepidonotus pomareae Kinberg panamensis, new subspecies St. 249-34. Feb. 22,1934. Same. In 15-20 fms., dredged, outside of island south of bay. Rock. *Pontogenia laeviseta, new species St. 250-34. Feb. 22, 1934. Secas Islands, Panama. In 25 fms., dredged. Mud and dead shells. *Psammolyce fimbriata, new species Sthenelais variabilis Potts celorata Monro St. 251-34. Feb. 22,1934. Same. In 15 fms., dredged, south and west of islands. Rock and nullipores. Chaetacanthus magnificus (Grube) St. 264-34. Mar. 2, 1934. Petatlan Bay, Mexico. In 25 fms., dredged south and west of White Friars Island. Rock with gorgonids. Chaetacanthus magnificus (Grube) St. 273-34. Mar. 4, 1934. Tenacatita Bay, Mexico. In 75 fms., dredged between white rocks and bay. Shells and worm tubes in sand and mud. Harmothoé exanthema (Grube) Lepidonotus nesophilus Chamberlin *Sthenelais maculata, new species St. 277-34. Mar.5, 1934. Isabel Island, Mexico. In 10-25 fms., dredged around island. Sand, nullipores. *Pontogenia laeviseta, new species St. 283-34. Mar. 9, 1934. Thurloe Bay, Lower California. In 8-10 fms., dredged off Thurloe Pt. Rock with gorgonids. *Psammolyce fimbriata, new species NO. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 5 St. 287-34. Mar. 10,1934. South Bay, Carros Island, Mexico. In 10-15 fms., dredged. Rock close to kelp beds. * 4 phrodita falcifera, new species Sthenelais verruculosa Johnson St. 315-34. Dec. 8, 1934. Indefatigable Island, Galapagos. Opposite Gordon Rocks. In coral. Lepidametria virens (Blanchard) St. 343-34. Dec. 12,1934. James Island, Galapagos. Shore, Sulivan Bay. Iphione ovata Kinberg Sthenelais fusca Johnson St. 364-35. Jan. 10,1935. Callao, Peru. In 3 fms. In line with Lorenzo Island. *Sthenelais maculata, new species St. 366-35. Jan. 10,1935. Same. In 8 fms. Between rocks south of Lorenzo Island. *Pisionella hancocki, new genus and species St. 372-35. Jan. 12,1935. Independencia Bay, Peru. In 5 fms. East of Vieja Island. Harmothoé exanthema (Grube) St. 373-35. Jan. 12; 1935. Same. Inv 12 fois: *Sthenelais maculata, new species St. 374-35. Jan. 12,1935. Same. Halosydna parva Kinberg St. 375-35. Jan. 13,1935. Same. Shore, lee side of Vieja Island. Lepidonotus crosslandi Monro Pisione oerstedi Grube Pisionella hancocki, new genus and species St. 376-35. Jan. 13,1935. Same. In 7 fms. Lepidonotus crosslandi Monro Harmothoé exanthema (Grube) St. 379-35. Jan. 13,1935. Independencia Bay, Peru. In 20 fms. *Sthenelais maculata, new species St. 380-35. Jan. 14, 1935. Same. Shore. Station on east side of bay. Halosydna fuscomarmorata (Grube) Halosydna parva Kinberg St. 384-35. Same. In 5 fms., three-fourths mile off shore. Harmothoé exanthema (Grube) St St. St. St St St | o St ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 . 385-35. Jan. 14, 1935. Same. In 9-10 fms., one and one-fourth miles off shore. Red algae and gastropods. Harmothoé exanthema (Grube) . 391-35. Jan. 17,1935. Lobos de Afuera, Peru. Shore. Main isle, with electric light. Rocks. Halosydna fuscomarmorata (Grube) 396-35. Jan. 18,1935. Salango Island, Ecuador. In 12 fms., Salango Bay. Lepidametria virens (Blanchard) . 400-35. Jan. 19, 1935. Manta, Ecuador. Shore. *Sthenelais maculata, new species 405-35. Jan. 22,1935. Gorgona Island, Colombia. Shore, below sandy beach. *Polynoé veleronis, new species . 414-35. Jan. 23, 1935. Port ‘Utria, Colombia. In 3, ims. Tee beach of isle. Pocillopora coral. Halosydna fuscomarmorata (Grube) ?Thormora johnstoni (Kinberg) . 429-35. Jan. 27,1935. Octavia Bay, Colombia. In 30-35 fms., north end of channel. Coarse sand and gravel. Lepidonotus furcillatus Ehlers . 430-35. Jan. 27,1935. Same. In 75 fms., outside middle of channel. Soft mud. A phrodita japonica Marenzeller . 432-35. Jan. 27, 1935. Same. In 50 fms. Soft mud and fine gravel. A phrodita japonica Marenzeller . 436-35. Jan. 28, 1935. Pifias Bay, Panama. Shore. Iphione ovata Kinberg *Eulagisca panamensis, new species *Teanira fimbriarum, new species . 437-35. Jan. 28, 1935. Pifias Bay, Panama. In coral. Halosydna fuscomarmorata (Grube) . 443-35. Jan. 29,1935. Same. In 20 fms., N.N.E. of Pt. Isle. Mud. *Polyodontes frons, new species No. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 7 St. 444-35. Jan. 29,1935. Same. In 2-4 fms. Coral from south bay, mainland side. *Flalosydna glabra, new species Iphione ovata Kinberg St. 446-35. Feb. 4, 1935. Secas Islands, Panama. Shore. Small grass- covered island with reef. Iphione ovata Kinberg St. 448-35. Feb.5,1935. Same. In 12 fms. Anchorage from first small sand beach. Lepidonotus hupferi Augener St. 450-35. Feb. 5, 1935. Same. In 14 fms. Shells, nullipores. Thormora johnstoni (Kinberg) Sthenelais variabilis Potts colorata Monro St. 451-35. Feb.5, 1935. Same. In 12 fms., toward anchorage from small island. *Pontogenia laeviseta, new species Sthenelais variabilis Potts colorata Monro St. 465-35. Feb. 8, 1935. Playa Blanca, Costa Rica. Shore. Shale beach between beach and rocky reef. *Psammolyce antipoda (Schmarda) anoculata, new subspecies St. 466-35. Feb.9,1935. Parker Bay, Costa Rica. Shore. Small isle at north shore. Iphione ovata Kinberg St. 470-35. Feb.9, 1935. Same. In 5 fms. Sand and mud. Sthenelais variabilis Potts colorata Monro St. 492-36. Feb. 16,1936. Pt. Tosco, Lower California, Mexico. In 45 fms. Green mud. Panthalis pacifica ‘Treadwell St. 498-36. Feb. 19, 1936. San Lorenzo Channel, south of Espiritu Santo Island, Lower California. In 5-15 fms. Coralline algae. Iphione ovata Kinberg St. 502-36. Feb. 21, 1936. La Paz Bay, Lower California. In 7 fms., out from anchorage. Sandy mud. Polyodontes oculea (Treadwell) St. 510-36. Feb. 22, 1936. Cove south of Ballena Bay, Espiritu Santo Island, Lower California. Shore. Iphione ovata Kinberg 8 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 St. 518-36. Feb. 25, 1936. North Bay of San Francisco Island, Lower California. Shore. Iphione ovata Kinberg St. 525-36. Feb. 28, 1936. Channel west of Coronados Island, Lower California. In 3-10 fms. Corallines. Thormora johnstoni (Kinberg) St. 529-36. Mar. 1, 1936. Off San Francisquito Bay, Lower Cali- fornia. In 165 fms. Shale and gray mud. Lepidonotus versicolor Ehlers St. 530-36. Mar. 1, 1936. Same. In 10-20 fms. Coral, kelp, nulli- pores. Thormora johnstoni (Kinberg) St. 532-36. Mar. 2, 1936. In San Francisquito Bay, Lower Califor- nia. In 20 fms. Sand and kelp. *FTololepida veleronis, new species St. 542-36. Mar. 4, 1936. In Puerto Refugio, Angel de la Guardia Island, Lower California. In 15-30 fms. Broken shale. *Pontogenia laeviseta, new species St. 546-36. Mar.5, 1936. North of Angel de la Guardia Island, Lower California. In 40-70 fms. *FTololepida veleronis, new species St. 548-36. Mar.5, 1936. Same. In 80 fms. *Pontogenia laeviseta, new species St. 549-36. Mar. 6,1936. East of Angel de la Guardia Island, Lower California. In 40 fms. Lepidonotus hedleyi Benham St. 558-36. Mar. 9, 1936. Off Isla Partida to the south, Lower Cali- fornia. In 20 fms. Gravel and shell. A phrodita japonica Marenzeller Thormora johnstoni (Kinberg) St. 610-37. Feb. 28,1937. Santa Rosalia Bay, Lower California. In 15 fms. Sand and kelp. Halosydna parva Kinberg St.612-37. Mar. 1, 1937. Lagoon Head Anchorage, Lower Califor- nia. In 7 fms. Sand. Harmothoé hirsuta Johnson St.617-37. Mar. 2, 1937. San Juanico Bay, Lower California. In 24 fms. Sand and kelp. * FTalosydna, species B NO. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 9 St. 632-37. Mar. 6, 1937. San Gabriel Bay, Espiritu Santo Island, Lower California. In 24 fms. Sandy mud. A phrodita japonica Marenzeller St. 634-37. Mar. 6, 1937. Same. Shore. In coral. Thormora johnstoni (Kinberg) *Sthenelais maculata, new species St. 638-37. Mar. 7, 1937. Same. Shore. In coral. Iphione ovata Kinberg St. 639-37. Mar. 7, 1937. San Lorenzo Channel, Espiritu Santo Is- land, Lower California. In 3-5 fms. Sand, algae, corallines. *Psammolyce myops, new species *Sthenelais maculata, new species St. 640-37. Mar. 7, 1937. West of San Lorenzo Channel, Espiritu Santo Island, Lower California. In 30 fms. Sandy mud. *Teanira fimbriarum, new species St. 662-37. Mar. 11,1937. Agua Verde Bay, Lower California. In 8 fms. Off San Marcial reef. Iphione ovata Kinberg St. 667-37. Mar. 12,1937. Escondido Bay, Lower California. In 60 fms. Off Carmen Island. *Leanira fimbriarum, new species *Sthenelais neoleanirae, new species St. 683-37. Mar. 15,1937. Outside Concepcion Bay, Lower Cali- fornia. In 12 fms. Corallines. *FTalosydna glabra, new species Lepidonotus hupferi Augener Thormora johnstoni (Kinberg) St. 688-37. Mar. 16,1937. Concepcion Bay, Lower California. In 12 fms. Sand and mud. *Falosydna glabra, new species St. 701-37. Mar. 20,1937. Angeles Bay, Lower California, Mexico. In 32 fms. Sand and shell. *Fusigalion hancocki, new species t. 719-37. Mar. 24,1937. Consag Rock, Lower California. In 20- 25 fms. *FTalosydna, species A t. 728-37. Mar. 27,1937. San Esteban Island, Lower California. Shore. Rocky. Lepidonotus versicolor Ehlers ie wm 10 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 St. 740-37. Mar. 31, 1937. San Ignacio Bay, Sinaloa, Mexico. In 3- 5 fms. Sand. A phrodita parva Moore St. 745-37. Apr. 2, 1937. Isabel Island, Sinaloa, Mexico. In 10-18 fms. Corallines. *Eusigalion hancocki, new species *Psammolyce fimbriata, new species Sthenelais fusca Johnson St. 747-37. Apr. 2, 1937. Same. In 10-18 fms. Corallines. *Fusigalion hancocki, new species St. 769-38. Jan. 11,1938. Off San Jose Light, Guatemala. In 20 fms. Mud. Lepidametria virens (Blanchard) *Eusigalion hancocki, new species St. 770-38. Jan. 11,1938. Same. In 7-11 fms. Sand, shell, mud. *Panthalis marginata, new species Pareulepis fimbriata (Treadwell) ?Sthenelais fusca Johnson St. 780-38. Jan. 14,1938. Chatham Bay, Cocos Island. In 40-46 fms. Coarse white sand. *Eusigalion spinosum, new species *Psammolyce spinosa, new species Sthenelais fusca Johnson St. 789-38. Jan. 19, 1938. South Seymour Island, Galapagos. Shore. Rocky. Iphione ovata Kinberg Thormora johnstoni (Kinberg) St. 796-38. Jan. 21,1938. Sulivan Bay, James Island, Galapagos. Shore. Rocky. Iphione ovata Kinberg St. 814-38. Jan. 28, 1938. North of Hood Island, Galapagos. In 20- 40 fms. Sand, shell. Lepidonotus nesophilus Chamberlin *Eusigalion spinosum, new species St. 833-38. Feb. 10,1938. Independencia Bay, Peru, off north en- trance. In 8 fms. Sand, shell. *Sthenelais maculata, new species No. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 11 St. 834-38. Feb. 10, 1938. Same. Off east rocky point. In 21 fms. Mud. *Polynoé veleronis, new species St. 835-38. Feb. 10, 1938. South end of Independencia Bay, Peru. In 18 fms. Sand, shell, rock. *Polynoé veleronis, new species St. 863-38. Mar. 1,1938. Bahia Honda, Panama, off North Island. In 30-50 fms. Rock, sand, mud. A phrodita japonica Marenzeller *Pontogenia laeviseta, new species Lepidonotus furcillatus (Ehlers) *Lepidonotus pomereae Kinberg panamensis, new subspecies St. 867-38. Mar. 2, 1938. Secas Islands, Panama. Shore. Coral. Iphione ovata Kinberg Lagisca multisetosa Moore St. 874-38. Aug. 1, 1938. Northeast of Anacapa Island, California. In 45 fms. Dead shell. Lepidonotus caelorus Moore Eunoé senta (Moore) ?Lagisca multisetosa Moore St. 876-38. Aug. 1, 1938. Same. In 45 fms. With sea urchins. *Eusigalion spinosum, new species Sthenelanella uniformis Moore St. 878-38. Aug. 1, 1938. North of Anacapa Island, California. Halosydna brevisetosa Kinberg Thormora johnstoni (Kinberg) Sthenelanella uniformis Moore St. 880-38. Aug. 2, 1938. East of Santa Rosa Island, California. In 16 fms. Sand and shell. *Leanira fimbriarum, new species St. 882-38. Aug. 3, 1938. South of San Miguel Island, California. In 15 fms. Sand and shell. Halosydna brevisetosa Kinberg St. 885-38. Aug. 4, 1938. San Luis Obispo Bay, California. In 8-14 fms. Halosydna brevisetosa Kinberg ?Eunoé barbata Moore 12 St St. St. St. St. St. St: St. St: St. ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 886-38. Aug.5, 1938. Off Half Moon Bay, California. In 16 fms. Coarse gravel. A phrodita refulgida Moore Halosydna brevisetosa Kinberg 887-38. Aug. 7, 1938. East of Middle Farallon Islands, Califor- nia. In 37 fms. A phrodita refulgida Moore *Eusigalion spinosum, new species 888-38. Aug. 8, 1938. Monterey Bay, California. In 10-13 fms. Fine sand. Harmothoé hirsuta Johnson *Eusigalion spinosum, new species Sthenelais verruculosa Johnson 889-38. Aug. 8, 1938. Monterey Bay, off Point Pifios, California. In 36 fms. Broken shell. *Eusigalion spinosum, new species 890-38. Aug. 8, 1938. Monterey Bay, off Point Pifios, California. In 10-13 fms., dredged in fine sand. *Sthenelais hancocki, new species *Eusigalion spinosum, new species 891-38. Aug. 8, 1938. Outside of Monterey Bay, California. In 26 fms. Sponges. Lepidonotus caelorus Moore *Eusigalion spinosum, new species 893-38. Aug. 10, 1938. Off Point Arguello, California. In 15-30 fms. Sand and algae. *Eusigalion spinosum, new species Sthenelais verruculosa Johnson 894-38. Aug. 10,1938. South of San Miguel Island, California. In 5-10 fms. Kelp. Lepidonotus caelorus Moore Sthenelais verruculosa Johnson 896-38. Sept. 12-14, 1938. San Miguel Island, California. Dredged. *Eusigalion spinosum, new species 897-38. Same. *Eusigalion spinosum, new species Sthenelais verruculosa Johnson NO. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 13 St. 899-38. Nov. 17, 1938. Off Long Point, Catalina Island, Cali- fornia. In 90-110 fms., dredged in sandy gravel. A phrodita parva Moore ?Sthenelais fusca Johnson St. 900-38. Nov. 18, 1938. Off Long Point, Catalina Island, Cali- fornia. In 40 fms. Brachiopod and sponge clusters. Lepidonotus caelorus Moore St. 901-38. Nov. 20,1938. Point Fermin, California. Shore. Rocky beach. Halosydna brevisetosa Kinberg St. 902-38. Nov. 21, 1938. Portuguese Bend, California. Shore. Rocky beach. Halosydna brevisetosa Kinberg Halosydna johnsoni (Darboux) St. 903-38. Dec. 5, 1938. Anaheim Slough, near Anaheim Landing, California. Shore. Muddy sand. Halosydna johnsoni (Darboux) St. 904-38. Dec. 6, 1938. Laguna Beach, California. Shore. Reefs. Halosydna brevisetosa Kinberg Thormora johnstoni (Kinberg) Harmothoé hirsuta Johnson St. 905-38. Dec. 7, 1938. Same as for St. 903-38. Halosydna johnsoni (Darboux) St. 906-38. Dec. 8, 1938. Portuguese Bend, California. Shore. Reefs. Halosydna brevisetosa Kinberg Halosydna johnsoni (Darboux) Harmothoé hirsuta Johnson Acc.R1. Dredged off southern California. A phrodita refulgida Moore Acc. 525. El Segundo, near Los Angeles, California. Dredged. Halosydna latior Chamberlin Acc. 542. Five miles east of Lighthouse, near Los Angeles, California. Dredged. Halosydna latior Chamberlin Acc. 585. D 88. East from breakwater, near San Pedro, California. In 8 fms. Halosydna latior Chamberlin Sthenelais fusca Johnson 14 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 Acc. 587. D90. Dredged off southern California. *Eusigalion spinosum, new species Acc. 590. D93. Near Rocky Point, vicinity of Los Angeles, Cali- fornia. Dredged. A phrodita armifera Moore *Fusigalion spinosum, new species D 104. Santa Catalina Island, California. Dredged. A phrodita armifera Moore Acc. 622. D133. White’s Point, southern California. Dredged. Halosydna latior Chamberlin Table I below indicates the main geographical areas investigated by the Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions and gives the species, grouped by families, taken from these areas. The numbers in the columns refer to the stations investigated, without the year number. Complete station numbers may be consulted in the list above. Areas indicated by x refer to stations for which there are collections made other than by the Han- cock Expeditions, or for previous records from the literature. It is to be observed that, of a total of 59 species, few are common to the northern and southern eastern Pacific. Thus, for example, only 5 species (A phrodita japonica, Arctonoé vittata, Thormora johnstont, Sthenelais fusca, and Sthenelais verruculosa) have been taken over this range. In addition, there are only 6 species (A phrodita refulgida, Halo- sydna latior, Pareulepis fimbriata, Eusigalion spinosum, Leanira fim- briarum, and Sthenelanella uniformis) common to southern California and the equatorial or subequatorial Pacific. Also, the affinities of the fauna of the Gulf of California are seemingly with that of western Mexico, on the one hand, and the Galapagos, on the other. 15 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS No. l L19 q ‘ds "H 61Z V ‘ds "H Zs O8E “pLE ce 019 vAind "Hf x x IONe] ‘YH ‘ ee osu +b 889 ‘£89 viqe[s "H 16£ ‘OSE Ib L&v BILIOWILVUIOISNJ *F{ 906 ‘+06 (206 ‘106 BsOJISTAIIG vUpPASO|L TT ‘ ‘ . 988 O 88 288 828 L8 BjUas 20UNT $88 Byeqreq pound OSL stsuoweued vosise[ng Wz TSZ ‘S47 $92 ‘ZET shoyrusew snyjuvoejaeyy 02 x BIVYIA QOU0}IIY ovproudjog Fie hee LLe 8rs ‘cbs BJISIAIE] BIUISO}UOg L88 ‘988 eprs[nyal "VW Obd 668 pared “V ee Zeb ‘OSb £98 Z£9 ‘855 188 voruodel *y L8C BIazTO[eF V L68 ‘S68 vrojrure eyporydy aepHiposydy sobv $090) Nag soponry viquo, vuvuvg vI1y onxayy = ‘fyvy viusof -gvpvpy -07) vIsoy Uusasag{ fofinp -yvd sawadg fo aupyy pop a el far I I dIaVL VOL. 7 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS 16 Ts8 ‘ds “g breed c6b x voyroed "gq OLL B}VUIBIVUL SI[equUeg aepijuOpoAlOg ia Lié bite Ost sno1sWINU $06 “8L8 Tuojsuyol v10WLI0y,T, SE8 “bE8 SOb suo1aJaA 20UA]Og STE ‘Z8T 96€ 69L : ‘691 ‘L9T ‘E1Ze ee 8bT SeSis elIjowepidaT 8EL “67S IO[ODISIOA “T £98 “Sz sisuauievued “7 +18 ‘8b ELd snjrqdosau “7 01Z 8tb TA! £89 tagdny “TJ 6+S 1ha]pay “T OLE “SLE IpUe]|ssolo “] Gee ce snJojavo “TJ TILT cle 6c+ £98 §N}e][I9INJ snjyouopidaT 96L $+l8 BSO}IST}[ NU BOSISe'T 68L ‘bE Orb ‘Eb £12 682'2EC LOB‘DIT 994 snojawinu B}BA0 auOTYd] stl ‘ds ‘eprtdajojoyy 6S ‘ZES sIuOJa[aA eVpIdaojoyy CY +4068 ee 9 are ae Ele eta BWIYJULXA 2O}OWIL TT sobv $090/) N4dg 4O0pvnryq viquio] vuvuvg vIY OIIxXay “fyvy viUusof -¢vjvp 70) DjIs0D usaisag, fofimp -yv) savagg fo auvyy SHILITVOOT iF HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS No. l eee SLE ‘99E ryooouey v][aUoIsIg SLE 1p9}s190 JUOISIg ne Sanaa aupruolsid ‘ EZ 6S2 006 S68 sTwWosIUN e][aUL[auayIS BSO[NONAIVA *S a nn a eee eee ss SS ee Ist OL ‘OTT a ‘Ost ‘0SZ BJEIO[OD SI[IQVIIBA °S a a eS ee a eee 199 avitueajoau *S ££8 ‘OLE £12 69 “bE9 P ‘SLE “b9E a arti a bE ‘82 082 OLL 74 x BOSN} SIV[aUayIS 082 ObT esourds *q 6£9 sdoAw ej}eliquiy ‘q Osz 74 £82 BIEMQUT a 694 e}e[NI0ue vpodynue sdAjouMesg 91Z 9b £99 ‘O+9 088 WNnIvlIquy B1TUBaT +18 ‘861 082 sno1auinu uinsourds “J 99 ‘tL 802 69L Lvl ‘StL TOL ‘9ZT Tyoooury uoTesisng DUPIUOIESIG 912 OLL Avg uoIsstyA] RelIquy sidajnaieg aepidanoisg 861 stsuamevued *g 912 0s Ba[NI0 *g ftb suoly sa}UOpoA[Oog sobv $090) N4Iq sAOpvnI_ viquol vuvuvg vI1y oxayl =“ {jv viusof 40109 “99 iso) —usaisay fOfIMD 11D savagg fo aupyy SHILITVOOT 18 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 The families considered in this report include the scale-bearing chaetopods and the Pisionidae. The latter family is included because its affinities are with this group, with respect to its proboscidial and prostomial structures. A key to these families follows. 1. Dorsum provided with elytra which may or may not be con- éealed\ by a felty covering) be lii din iG Mie Ona Ws) ee 1. Dorsum without elytra or felt . . . . . PISIONIDAE 2. Some segments with dorsal cirri, others with elytra . . . . 3 2. All segments with elytra; body long, vermiform (not represented in the collections) ... POLYLEPIDIDAE 3. Body long, slender, all posterior segments bearing elytra SIGALIONIDAE 3. Bedy long, slender, to short, plump; posterior segments have elytra alternating with dorsal cirri or have no elytra. . . . 4 4, Elytra and dorsal cirri alternate more or less regularly through- out ; prostomium with sessile eyes and with or without peduncu- late eyes; without facial tubercle . POLYODONTIDAE 4, Elytra and dorsal cirri alternate regularly on anterior seg- ments, but irregularly present on posterior segments or entirely EARYSE MME ih ee) Val 48 Yh ks Rad Ny coll BS RA a IG ee 5. Ventral acicula stout, with an expansive chitinous, embedded plate (pl. 23, fig. 280) at its distal end; body short, subrec- tangular; posterior segments without true elytra PAREULEPIDAE 5. Ventral acicula without distal expansion; body long or short; posterior segments with or without elytra. . ..... 6 6. Proboscis without horny jaw pieces; prostomium with a median antenna; eyes usually stalked (rarely sessile) ; facial tubercle well developed: dorsum with or without felt APH RODITIDAE 6. Proboscis with 4 horny jaw pieces at its distal end; pro- stomium with 3 or 2 antennae; eyes sessile; facial tubercle ab- sent or not conspicuous; dorsum without felt covering POLYNOIDAE No. l HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 19 Family Aphroditidae The Aphroditidae are almost entirely restricted to subintertidal habitats. Thus they are usually not encountered in shore collecting. Two genera, Aphrodita Linnaeus and Pontogenia Claparéde, are rep- resented in the collections. Sixteen species of the genus 4phrodita have been reported from the eastern Pacific, the majority of them as original descriptions, and only one species of Pontogenia (P. curva Chamberlin). Many of these are too little known to permit certain identity. Eleven species of 4 phrodita were originally described from California, nine of which originated in southern California. A revision of the entire group from the eastern Pacific is necessary before any extensive conclusions may be drawn as to the distribution of these species. A revision and study of the type specimens would be of the greatest value. However, at least some of them have not been found where they were said to have been deposited. Numerous specimens available for study in the collections of The University of Southern California, collected from California south to Peru, have permitted the identification of some of the species which had been in doubt. 4. raripillata Essenberg (1917, p. 413) agrees well with 4. armifera Moore (1910, p. 371). Both types originated in southern California. 4. armifera Fauvel (1925, p. 144) from Australia is another species (see page 23). A. cryptommata Essenberg (1917, p. 409) must be referred to 4. japonica Marenzeller (1879, p. 111), one of the commonest species of 4 phrodita dredged in fairly shallow waters from southern California southward. 4. leioseta Chamberlin (1919, p. 254) from Mendocino, California, is perhaps the same. 4. echidna Treadwell (1906, p. 1157) (not Quatrefages, 1865, p. 197) was re- ferred to A. japonica by Moore (1910, p. 375). This seems unlikely, however, because some of the neuropodial setae were said to be bifur- cated, with a denticulate tip (Treadwell, 1906, fig. 24). This condition is not usually characteristic of the genus 4 phrodita. A phrodita solitaria Essenberg (1917, p. 408) may be the same as A. refulgida Moore (1910, p. 376). Both have pointed neuropodial setae (pl. 1, figs. 7, 8) in addition to other identical characters, and both probably originate from southern California. 4. castanea Moore (1910, p. 380) was compared with 4. negligens Moore (1905, p. 525; 1910, p. 385) but their identity was not definitely established. These two, as also A. californica Essenberg (1917, p. 406), have many simi- 20 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 larities. In 4. californica the stout notopodial setae were said to be almost completely concealed in the felt. This character, in itself, is not significant for it is sometimes dependent on the amount of accumulated debris or attached organisms rather than on an actual difference in the lengths of these setae. Fauvel (1925, p. 140) questionably referred A. castanea Moore and A. longipalpa Essenberg (1917, p. 403) to A. talpa Quatrefages (1865, p. 196) from Australia. This identity seems extremely unlikely, especially because of the differences in the setae of both notopodia and neuropodia. Unless a restudy of the type of 4. longipalpa is possible, this name is perhaps to be considered a doubtful one. There is no convincing record that 4. talpa Quatrefages occurs in the eastern Pacific. Also, none of the specimens here available from the eastern Pacific have neuropodial setae as shown by Fauvel (1925, fig. 4) who re-examined the type specimen of 4. talpa and made a careful study of the setae. A. defendens Chamberlin (1919a, p. 80) was described from Peru, in 1,036 fms. The great depth from which it was taken does not favor its comparison with species from shallower waters without additional collections from similar depths. The following species of APHRODITIDAE are taken up in this report. A phrodita armifera Moore (includes A. raripillata Essenberg) A phrodita japonica Marenzeller (includes A. cryptommata Essenberg and perhaps 4. leioseta Chamberlin) A phrodita parva Moore A phrodita refulgida Moore (includes A. solitaria Essenberg) A phrodita falcifera, new species Pontogenia laeviseta, new species Genus APHRODITA Linnaeus Aphrodita armifera Moore Plate 1, Fig. 6 A phrodita armifera Moore, 1910, pp. 371-375, pl. 31, figs. 65-66, pl. 32, figs. 67-75; Chamberlin, 1919c, p. 254 (not Fauvel, 1925; see A. falcifera, p. 23). A phrodita raripillata Essenberg, 1917, pp. 413-416, pl. 36, figs. 64-67, pl. 37, figs. 85-86 (not Fauvel, 1925, p. 144). No. l HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS Al Collections —Acc. 590, D-104, 895-38, 897-38, San Pedro, Cali- fornia. 5 specimens. A phrodita armifera is characterized by its heavy, smooth, dorsal notopodial spines which are deep copper colored. These are conspicu- ously heavier than the neuropodial spines and appear darker because of their thicker stems. They are stoutest at the base and taper rapidly to a blunt point. The longest are dorsalmost. They form 5 or 6 irregular transverse rows on a parapodium. They project out from the body so as to form a formidable series. The ventralmost neuropodial setae have a pair of spurs differing from those in 4. falcifera (cf. pl. 1, figs. 6 and 14). Median and su- perior neuropodial setae do not have lateral processes. ‘The presence or absence of pilosity is variable. The ventral setae are ranked about as follows: 2 superior, 3 median, 4 to 6 inferior. A. armifera differs from A. falcifera (see p. 23) most notably in having copper-colored, nearly straight, stout dorsal spines instead of yellow, slenderer, dorsal spines, and in having only the ventralmost neuropodial setae spurred instead of all or most of them. A. armifera Fauvel (1925, pp. 144-147) from Australia is not the same as 4. armifera Moore. In the former, the notopodial setae are rough, and the neuropodial setae have a lateral spur as described for A. falcifera (p. 23). Fauvel designated the notopodial setae as “‘bronzées ou dorées.” In 4. armifera Moore they are coppery. A. raripillata Essenberg (1917, p. 413) from southern California may be referable to 4. armifera Moore, although it is not certain that the inferior neuropodial setae have the paired spurs characteristic of the latter. In other respects the descriptions are similar. Distribution.—Southern California. Subintertidal to 55 fms. Aphrodita japonica Marenzeller Plate 1, Figs. 1-5 A phrodita japonica Marenzeller, 1879, pp. 111-112, pl. 1, fig. 2. A phrodita japonica Moore, 1903, p. 423; 1908, pp. 338-339; 1910, pp. 375-376; Berkeley, 1923, p. 211. A phrodita cryptommata Essenberg, 1917, pp. 409-411, pl. 34, figs. 39- 50; pl.:37, figs 83. 22 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 Collections.—209-34, 212-34, 213-34, 430-35, 432-35, 558-36, 632-37, 863-38, 881-38, Redondo Beach, California. 10 specimens. Length to 48 mm, width to 25 mm without lateral fibers. The neuropodial setae are arranged in three tiers, arranged about as follows: 2 stout superior (pl. 1, fig. 1), 5 median slenderer than those in the superior rank (pl. 1, fig. 2), 7-20 inferior much paler and slenderer setae. ‘Chose in the superior and median tiers are falcate, copper colored, those in the inferior tier are as shown in figure 4, and are pale yellow. In some specimens the pilosity is very extensive (pl. 1, fig. 5), in others almost absent, because of the sloughing off of the pilose hood. The longer dorsal setae have a hooked tip (pl. 1, fig. 3). Dorsal cirri are long, slender; ventral cirri are pale, tapering, ex- tending distally about as far as the middle of the ventralmost setae or somewhat beyond. The description of 4. cryptommata Essenberg agrees well with that of A. japonica save for the statement that in the former the elytra are squarish along their medial margins. The shape of the elytra is similar, however, if the inner edge be slightly cut away, as sometimes happens when the dorsal felt is cut apart. Distribution—Northeast and northwest Pacific; California south to Ecuador. In depths to 75 fms. Aphrodita parva Moore Plate 1, Figs. 9, 10 A phrodita parva Moore, 1905, pp. 529-532, pl. 34, figs. 3-7; 1908, p. 339; 1910, pp. 385-386; Treadwell, 1914, p. 178; Berkeley, 1925, p. ‘211% Collections.—740-37, 899-38. About 25 specimens. Length 8 to 24 mm; width to 15 mm without lateral fibers. The dorsum is dark drab, completely covered with fibers and debris, neither notopodial nor neuropodial setae projecting. Lateral fibers inconspicu- ous. The superior neuropodial setae are pilose distally (pl. 1, fig. 10). The inferior neuropodial setae have a minute spur at their widest part (pl. 1, fig. 9). Some of them have a delicate dehiscent hood. Distribution—Northeast Pacific, Gulf of Georgia to western Mexico. In depths from 3 to 667 fms. NO. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 23 Aphrodita refulgida Moore Plate 1, Figs. 7, 8 A phrodita refulgida Moore, 1910, pp. 376-380, pl. 32, figs. 76-84; Treadwell, 1914, p. 177. A phrodita solitaria Essenberg, 1917, pp. 408-409, pl. 37, figs. 81, 82; pl. 33, figs. 27-38. Collections.—886-38, 887-38, Acc. R 1. 3 specimens. All of the neuropodial setae taper distally and terminate in an at- tenuated point (pl. 1, figs. 7, 8). The description of 4. solitaria Essen- berg agrees reasonably well with Moore’s description of 4. refulgida. Monro (1933, p. 12) doubtfully referred some specimens from Perlas Islands in the Panama region to A. solitaria Essenberg. I believe these to be what has herein been designated 4. japonica (see above). Distribution —Central and southern California. Subintertidal to 51 fms. Aphrodita falcifera, new species Plate 1, Figs. 11-15; Plate 26, Figs. 319, 320 Collection—287-34 (Holotype). 1 specimen. Length 22 mm, width 16 mm; number of setigerous segments 34. Anterior and posterior ends similar in outline, the posterior end not greatly attenuated to form a tube. Prostomium approximately triangular, the anterior end broadest; provided with 4 subequal black eye spots, the two of a side near to- gether. A small median antenna is inserted between the eyes, and a smaller, papillar antenna is on each side between anterior and posterior eyes (pl. 1, fig. 15). The facial tubercle is large, conspicuous, as typical of the genus. General appearance rough, spiny, because of the numerous, long, dorsal spines which project laterally, obliquely upward and dorsally across the body. The notopodial setae (pl. 26, fig. 319) are yellowish to gold, the neuropodial setae bronze colored. The former greatly exceed the ventral setae in number and length. The dorsal setae form ten or more irregular transverse series in each parapodium; they are slenderer than the superior neuropodial setae, and the ventralmost are about as thick as the dorsalmost, but the uppermost exceed the lower in length. In the inferior part of the fascicle there are a few finer, shorter setae which are obscurely pilose. The others appear rough due to the presence 24 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 of numerous pustules over the surface, but the tips are smooth (pl. 26, fig. 320). The neuropodial setae project from the neuropodium in three series (pl. 1, fig. 11). There are 2 heavier, longer superior setae, 2 or 3 slenderer median setae of about the same color, and 3 or 2 still finer, somewhat paler inferior setae. All are falcate distally, with a minute spur near the point where the seta curves (pl. 1, figs. 12 to 14). This condition contrasts with that in 4. armifera where only the inferior- most setae have a lateral projection, also in the latter the spur is paired (pl. 1, fig. 6). The elytra are pale or white, smooth save for a few scattered prickles. Fauvel (1917, p. 167) reported and described a single specimen from southern Australia, which he referred to 4. talpa Quatrefages. The same specimen he later (1925, p. 144) referred to 4. armifera Moore. The dorsal setae were described as follows: ‘“‘Bronzées ou dorées, plutdt courtes, droites ou légérement incurvées et dépassent peu l’épais et grossier feutrage dorsal.” In the specimen at hand, these setae are yel- low, only the neuropodial setae are bronze. In other respects the speci- men from Carros Island agrees with the description given for the indi- vidual from southern Australia. In my opinion this is different from 4. armifera Moore. Holotype—AHF no. 1. Distribution South Bay, Carros Island, Mexico, in 10-15 fms. ?Southern Australia. Genus PONTOGENIA Claparéde Pontogenia laeviseta, new species Plate 2, Figs. 16-30 Collections —244-34, 249-34, 277-34, 451-35, 542-36, 548-36, 863-38 (Holotype). 10 specimens. Length to 20 mm, width to 7 mm. Number of setigerous segments 32. Dorsum pale, the elytra imbricated and not concealed by felt, but laterally somewhat covered by foreign matter that is enmeshed in the strong dorsal spines. Notopodial setae pale amber, neuropodial setae somewhat darker. Ventrum pale save for dark spots that form a pat- tern, consisting of a pair along the mid-ventral line, and one or two irregular pairs along the sides, median to the parapodia. ‘Che dark spots NO. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 25 represent some of the ventral papillae which more or less closely cover the ventral surface. These papillae are continued on the neuropodia, thickest on the anterior sides. The prostomium is white, globular, with a stout anterior prolonga- tion forming the base of the median ceratophore (pl. 2, fig. 16). At the anteroventral margin is a pair of oval stalks bearing a pair of eyes at the terminal ends. The dorsal eye is small, rounded, the ventral much larger and more prominent. The median antenna is long, slender, greatly exceeding the cirrus of the first segment but surpassed by the palpi. The latter are smooth, white, tapering, inserted on the ventral side of the first foot, and extend distally beyond the prostomial antenna. Parapodia are prominent in ventral view. The neuropodial lobe is elongate, triangular. The first parapodium is weak, largely concealed by the heavy bases of the palpi. Its setae are few, small. From the second segment the notopodia and neuropodia are much stronger. The noto- podial setae include a dorsal fascicle of stouter, slightly curved setae faintly toothed on one side (pl. 2, fig. 29), and an inferior fascicle of much smaller, hair-like setae. The neuropodial setae include 2 stouter, falcate setae with several subterminal teeth (pl. 2, fig. 19), and an inferior fascicle of finer, smaller, more numerous setae with a falcate tooth and 2 rows of many teeth on the cutting edge (pl. 2, fig. 28). The third segment (cirriferous) contains a superior fascicle of about 7 heavy, acicular notopodial setae, faintly denticulated on one side (pl. 2, fig. 26). The setae in other fascicles resemble those in the second segment. The dorsal cirrus is very long, slender, with a tip similar to that of the prostomial antenna, extending distally about as far as the palpi. The ventral cirrus extends distally about as far as the neuro- podium, and has a slight terminal thickening. Median parapodia have thick, blunt notopodia with numerous heavy setae, and triangular neuropodia with a few (about 3) long, falcate setae (pl. 2, figs. 17, 18). Some of the superiormost notopodial setae pierce the lateral margin of the elytrum, where the latter is attached to the elytrophore. They are directed dorsally so as to lie on the dorsal side of the elytrum. In addition, there are heavy notopodial setae di- rected laterally and ventrally. The neuropodia project laterally beyond the notopodia and have few (about 3) long, falcate setae. All are similar and have a subterminal spur some distance below the terminal fang (pl. 2, figs. 20, 21). The notopodial setae (pl. 2, fig. 22, 27) have asperities over most of their surface save at the tip and near its 26 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 insertion in the notopodium, but there are no lateral teeth or spinelets. The inferiormost notopodial setae are nearly smooth (pl. 2, fig. 30). Posterior parapodia are essentially like those in the median region of the body, except that they are smaller, and the neuropodial setae have as many as 2 or 3 lateral spurs (pl. 2, figs. 23, 24). Elytra 15 pairs, white, translucent, their point of attachment at the external margin (pl. 2, fig. 17), their surface covered over with many globular to elongate papillae, most crowded near the elytrophore (pl. 2, fig. 25) and somewhat dispersed near the distal margin. The papillae resemble those on the notopodium but are more flattened, merging into the surface of the elytrum. The character of the prostomium with its ocular prominences, the kind of neuropodial setae and the elytra identify this species with the genus Pontogenia. It lacks, however, the harpoon-like and scimitar-like setae characteristic of most of the species of this genus. They are re- placed by notopodial setae that are almost smooth except for minute asperities. This is the first record, to my knowledge, of this genus from the eastern Pacific. Several species (P. curva Chamberlin, P. maggiae Augener, and P. sericoma Ehlers) have been described from the Gulf of Mexico and the West Indian region, but from each of these P. laeviseta differs most notably in its setigerous structures. Holotype—AHF no. 2. Distribution—Bahia Honda, Panama (type); Secas Islands, Panama; Isabel Island, Mexico; Angel de la Guardia Island, Lower California, Mexico. Shore to 80 fms. NO. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 27 Family Polynoidae Key to Subfamilies of POLYNOIDAE herein considered 1. Prostomium with only two antennae; body short, depressed, completely covered by elytra . . . . . IPHIONINAE 1. Prostomium with a median antenna in addition to the paired ones; body short, depressed to elongate slender; completely covered by elytra or more or less exposed . . . ...- @& 2. Paired prostomial antennae inserted terminally, continuous with the prostomial peaks . . . . LEPIDONOTINAE 2. Paired prostomial antennae inserted ventrally, the prostomium terminating anteriorly in a pair of tapering peaks . HARMOTHOINAE Subfamily [phioninae Seidler Genus IPHIONE Kinberg Iphione ovata Kinberg Plate 3, Figs. 31, 32 Iphione ovata Kinberg, 1855, p. 383; 1910, p. 8, pl. 3, figs. 8-8H, pl. 10, fig. 43; Chamberlin, 1919a, p. 64; Monro, 1928a, pp. 557- 558; 1928b, pp. 471-472. Collections —114-33, 232-34, 239-34, 343-35, 436-35, 446-35, 466-35, 498-36, 510-36, 518-36, 638-37, 662-37, 789-38, 796-38, 867-38. 28 specimens. Elytral margin entire, without lateral fringe, but with conspicuous spines on the lateral and postlateral portions of the elytra. The pro- stomium has 2 pairs of black eyes on its posterior half, and a tiny median papilla midway between the eyes. The anterior paired antennae are in- serted terminally, but the inflated appearance of the prostomial lobe ob- scures the bases of the antennae from dorsal view. Parapodia are robust, the neuropodial lobes sharply truncate, the neuroacicular lobe projects from the dorsal ectal margin (pl. 3, fig. 32). Notopodial setae are numerous, slender, hair-like, closely serrated. Neuropodial setae are much coarser, the tip entire, with 15-20 trans- verse rows of serrations (pl. 3, fig. 31). Distribution.—Iphione ovata Kinberg is widely distributed in tropi- cal waters of the eastern Pacific, from Ecuador north to Agua Verde Bay, Gulf of California, and westward to the Galapagos Islands and the Hawaiian Islands. It is replaced by J. muricata Savigny in the Indo- Pacific region. 28 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 Subfamily Lepidonotinae Seidler Key to Genera of LEPIDONOTINAE herein considered 1.) Wath l2 pairs ‘ef elytra’ ee a element tiie l/s) Mk a es ie es 1. With 15 ‘pairs: of \elytta va (se) 6) es EB ULRAGISCA fon) Wathl8 pairs, of elytray ian ae ahicd eho ELA LOS Vioies L.With more than: 18 pairsof elytra’ 7. 6 5. ee 2. Elytrophores with branchiae . . . CHAETACANTHUS 2. \lytraphores’ withautybranchiae. 2) oss oo. eS 3. Notopodia with two kinds of setae, including some which are smooth; lamcet shaped !!\\/s) 5). 2). 0 2) o. THORMORA 3. Notopodial setae of one kind, ornamented with transverse rows ofiserrations’ (25/4) \s) x 3 ek eS) LEPIDONOTUS 4. Prostomial antennae inserted subterminally; neuropodial setae few, stout, falcate, the serrations obscure or absent ARCTON Of 4. Prostomial antennae inserted distinctly terminally ; neuropodial setae numerous, not unusually stout, transverse serrations usu- aD Stee! Seo So ela ie Shel el uke A IV EG ae elon Genus CHAETACANTHUS Seidler Resembles Lepidonotus Leach in segmental and elytral counts; elytrophores with branchial appendages. Dorsal setae fine, hair-like, numerous, much as in Jphione Kinberg. Several species have been de- scribed in this genus, but all are thought to be identical with C. mag- nificus (Grube) (Seidler, 1924, p. 97). Chaetacanthus magnificus (Grube) Iphione magnifica Grube, 1875, p. 51. Polynoé branchiata Treadwell, 1902, p. 186, figs. 5-7. Lepidonotus (Physalidonotus) barbatus Augener, 1910, pp. 244-246, figs. 4-6. Chaetacanthus magnificus Seidler, 1924, pp. 97-98; Monro, 1928a, p. 558. NO. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 29 Lepidonotus pilosus Treadwell, 1937, pp. 141-143, pl. 1, figs. 1-7. Collections.—132-34, 211-34, 245-34, 251-34, 264-34. 7 specimens. Lepidonotus (Physalidonotus) barbatus Augener was described from a single specimen questionably attributed to the north Pacific. The same author considered the specimen close to Lepidonotus chitoniformis Moore. The latter is, however, a Euphione (Seidler, 1924) and indige- nous to the northwest Pacific. Lepidonotus pilosus ‘Treadwell was described from the southern end of the Gulf of California, Mexico. It has branchiae on the elytrophores, hence a Chaetacanthus; the elytra are heavily fringed and the notopodial and neuropodial setae agree with those in C. magnificus (Grube). Distribution—West Indian region; Panama; eastern Pacific from Ecuador north to the Gulf of California. Widely distributed in warm and tropical seas. Intertidal to 40 fms. In coral and rock crevices. Genus ARCTONOE Chamberlin Consists of a varying number of segments, to 60 or more. Elytra continued to end of body but often leaving a broad dorsal area exposed. Inserted as in Halosydna Kinberg on the first 26 segments, insertion more or less irregular on more posterior segments. Last few pairs of elytra sometimes so small as to be made out with difficulty. Prostomium lepidonotoid, but lateral antennae inserted subterminally, and eyes much reduced in size. Parapodia subbiramous, the notopodium reduced, with an aciculum and a few serrated setae; neuropodium robust, its setae stout, falcate, often few in number, with serrations obscure or absent. Arctonoé vittata (Grube) Plate 3, Figs. 33-37 Polynoé vittata Grube, 1855, p. 82-83. Lepidonotus lordi Baird, 1863, p. 107. Halosydna lordi Baird, 1865, p. 190-191; Moore, 1908, p. 330. Polynoé lordi Johnson, 1897, pp. 175-177, pl. 7, figs. 35, 44; pl. 8, figs. 51-51b; 1901, pp. 388-390. 30 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 Halosydna vittata Baird, 1865, p. 188. Acholoé vittata Marenzeller, 1902, pp. 576-577, pl. 3, fig. 13. Arctonoé lia Chamberlin, 1920, pp. 6B-7B, pl. 1, figs. 1-4, pl. 2, figs. 1-3. Halosydnoides vittata Seidler, 1924, pp. 134-135; Monro, 1928c, p. 312. Tialosydna succiniseta Hamilton, 1915, pp. 234-235, figs. 1-4. Collection.—20-33, at night, with electric light. 2 specimens. Pale or white; length to 25 mm, number of setigerous segments to 56. The prostomium is broader than long and has clavate appendages (pl. 3, fg. 33). Elytra present on some segments throughout length; they are smooth, pale, the edges entire or the outer edge slightly frilled. The first parapodium (segment 2) has bifid notopodial (pl. 3, fig. 36) and neuropodial setae (pl. 3, figs. 35, 37). The neuropodial setae in more posterior segments are stout, few, to 5 or 6 in a fascicle, with obscure rows of pectinae at the widest region (pl. 3, fig. 34). No fine swimming setae or other specialized natatory organs could be detected that might explain the presence of these two individuals in the surface tow at night. Also, they are not sexually mature. The length of the specimens (25 mm) indicates that they were well past the pelagic larval stage, known to exist in some polynoids. This is the first record of this species south of southern California. Distribution Japan; Alaska; western North America to San Diego; Ecuador. Intertidal to 12 fms. Often found associated with Fissurella or other gastropods. Genus EULAGISCA MclIntosh Body short, depressed; lateral antennae inserted subterminally, the median antenna dorsal to the paired ones. Elytra 15 pairs, inserted as in Harmothoé Kinberg. Notopodial and neuropodial lobes developed, attenuated distally to a slender tip. Notopodial setae numerous, some as stout as, or stouter than, the neuropodial setae; distally entire, and with transverse rows of pectinae more or less obscured. Neuropodial setae numerous, their tips entire or with a minute subterminal tooth (pl. 3, fig. 38), with transverse rows of pectinae more obvious than in the notopodial setae. No. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 31 Eulagisca panamensis, new species Plate 3, Figs. 38-42 Collection —436-35 (Holotype). One specimen. Length 40 mm; width 6 mm without, 11 mm with parapodia, 17 mm with setae. Form broad, depressed, harmothoid. Prostomium with- out prostomial peaks, the paired antennae inserted subterminally, the median antenna inserted at the anterior margin of the prostomium, dor- sal to the paired antennae. Facial tubercle present but not conspicuous. A triangular flap (—nuchal hood) extends toward the posterior margin of the prostomium but does not cover it. Elytra 15 pairs, completely covering dorsum; their surface smooth, margin entire; the outer edge turned up by the dorsally directed noto- podial fascicles. Anterior margin concave slightly (pl. 3, fig. 42). They are pale save for a semilunar, rust-colored area over the posterior half, around the elytral scar, but leaving a pale posterior margin. Styles of dorsal cirri, peristomial cirri, and prostomial antennae dark brown with pale terminal tips. Ventral cirri pale. Parapodia well developed, the acicular lobes taper and terminate in points (pl. 3, fig. 39). Notopodial setae numerous, some finer, others about as heavy as the neuropodial setae; all are nearly smooth, with faint indications of teeth along the cutting edge (pl. 3, fig. 40). Neuro- podial fascicle stout, the dorsalmost setae similar to the ventralmost except that the latter are somewhat smaller; tip entire (pl. 3, fig. 41) or with a minute subterminal tooth (pl. 3, fig. 38); with transverse rows of pectinae. The presence of some bifid neuropodial setae in this specimen mini- mizes the importance of this character in separating Eulagisca McIntosh from Allmanniella McIntosh. Monro (1936, p. 91) has already indi- cated the affinities of these 2 genera. Eulagisca panamensis differs from E. corrientis McIntosh, the only other species in this genus, in that the notopodial setae are not notably stouter than the neuropodial setae; also, a few of the latter have a minute subterminal tooth. The elytra in E. panamensis are rather firmly attached, in E. corrientis they are readily detached. E. corrientis is known from the southwest Atlantic, in depths of 150-600 fms.; E. pana- mensis was taken from the intertidal zone on the Pacific side of Panama. Holotype-—AHF no. 3. Distribution Pinas Bay, Panama. Shore. 32 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 Genus HALOSYDNA Kinberg, emend., Hartman Body moderately short, depressed; number of setigerous segments about 36; number of elytra 18 pairs (or rarely 19), distributed on seg- ments’ 2,°4,.5)\/7; 9y se 6 2742851 30./31,)133) Cor rarely jalsovon 34). Notopodial setae shorter and slenderer than neuropodial setae, serru- lated. Neuropodial setae with a distal enlargement, the tip entire or bifid, the expanded portion with transverse rows of serrations. (See Hartman, 1938, p. 109, for synonymy.) Halosydna fuscomarmorata (Grube) Plate 9, Figs. 119, 120 Polynoé fuscomarmorata Grube, 1875, p. 62. Halosydna fuscomarmorata Augener, 1906, pp. 117-119, pl. 3, figs. 41- 44; Monro, 1928a, pp. 566-567. Collections. —391-35, 380-35, 414-35, 437-35. 5 specimens. Length to 25 mm (egg-laden individual). The dorsum, including the elytra, is dark bluish gray, the ventrum paler; setae are amber colored. The prostomium has four small eyes so placed as to be almost visible in dorsal view. Elytra are smooth, with a characteristic dark, marmorated pattern, deepest in the area over the hilum, but leaving a pale or white spot over the area of attachment (pl. 9, fig. 119). Micro- tubercles are distributed chiefly along the anterior margin but a few are scattered over the entire surface (see also Monro, 1928a, p. 567). Neuropodial setae are distinctly bifid at their distal end, and the ser- rations increase in size distally (pl. 9, fig. 120). Distribution—Peru, Colombia, Panama. Intertidal to 3 fms. Seid- ler (1924, p. 120) erroneously reported this from the West Indies. Since this record is based on Grube’s type, it should be Peru. Halosydna latior Chamberlin Halosydna latior Chamberlin, 1919b, pp. 1-2; Hartman, 1938, p. 110. Halosydna obtusa-cirrata Treadwell, 1937, pp. 143-144, pl. 1, figs. 8-11. Collections—Acc. 525, Acc. 542, Acc. 585, Acc. 622. 10 specimens. Distribution—Southern California to Lower California, Mexico. Low intertidal to 40 fms. H. obtusa-cirrata ‘Treadwell was described from east of Cedros Island, Lower California. ‘This is the same as Cerros Island, on the outer side of Lower California, along the northern half of the peninsula. No. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 35 Halosydna parva Kinberg Plate 21, Figs. 265-267 Halosydna parva Kinberg, 1855, p. 385; 1910, pp. 17-18, pl. 5, fig. 24; Seidler, 1924, p. 116. Polynoé miilleri Grube, 1856, p. 48; Augener, 1906, p. 119. Polynoé clavata Grube, 1856, p. 47. Collections.—22-33, 152-34, 374-35, 380-35, 610-37. 5 specimens. Some individuals have a rust colored dorsal pigmentation, others sooty. The dorsum is marked with segmental dark transverse stripes; the prostomial antennae and palpi are dark. The prostomium, without the prostomial peaks, is 6-sided, and a little wider than long. A shallow median sulcus extends throughout its length. Eyes are subequal in size. The median ceratophore is inserted broadly between the bases of the lateral ceratophores. The median style is 4 or 5 times as long as its base. Palpi are smooth, extending distally beyond the peristomial cirri. The neuropodial setae are pale amber, disposed 16 to 20 in a fascicle, in 2 or 3 trim vertical rows. All are similar, subequal to one another, and distally bifid (pl. 21, fig. 267). The notopodial setae are much finer than the neuropodial setae, the dorsalmost shorter, blunter. Elytra have lateral fringe on the exposed ectal margin (pl. 21, fig. 266), and microtubercles over the surface (pl. 21, fig. 265), distributed most abundantly on the exposed part of the surface. Most of the surface has a finely reticulated pigmented pattern, least developed where the tubercles are largest. Several individuals from Peru differ slightly in that the micro- tubercles are proportionately larger. A specimen from Santa Rosalia Bay, Lower California (610-37), has some of its neuropodial setae entire distally. It is very dark (preserved) throughout. Augener (1906, p. 118) had occasion to reexamine the type of Polynoé clavata Grube and concluded that it and H. miilleri Grube were identical. An elytrum from the type of P. clavata (Augener, 1906, pl. 3, fig. 45) closely resembles one from a specimen from Independencia Bay, Peru (374-35). Grube gave “West Indies” as the type locality. Augener, however, corrects ‘dass diese von Callao [Peru] an der pacifisch-amerikanischen Kiiste stammt.’’ The neuropodial setae are clearly bifid (pl. 21, fig. 267), the serrated rows distinct. 34 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 Halosydna virgini Kinberg (1855, p. 384) from Honolulu may be close to H. parva. Its identity is doubtful. Another closely related species is Polynoé marginata Grube (1876, p. 62) from Callao, Peru. Augener (1906, p. 119) reported the type missing from the museum at Copenhagen, where it was said to have been deposited. Distribution—Chile; Peru; Ecuador; Gulf of California, Mexico; Galapagos. Shore to 15 fms. Halosydna brevisetosa Kinberg Halosydna brevisetosa Kinberg, 1855, p. 385; 1910, p. 18, pl. 5, fig. 25; Monro, 1928c, pp. 311-312 (not Treadwell, 1902, p. 186; see Hartman, 1938, p. 110). Polynoé brevisetosa Johnson, 1897, pp. 167-170, pl. 6, fig. 24, pl. 7, figs. 31, 40, pl. 8, fig. 46. Lepidonotus insignis Baird, 1863, pp. 106-107. Halosydna insignis Moore, 1908, p. 330; 1910, pp. 329-331; Berkeley, 1923, p. 212; Monro, 1928c, p. 311. Polynoé insignis Johnson, 1901, pp. 387-388. Lepidonotus grubei Baird, 1863, pp. 107-108; 1865, pp. 189-190. Collections—878-38, 882-38, 885-38, 886-38, 901-38, 902-38, 904-38, 906-38. Numerous individuals. Distribution—Alaska, south to southern California. Intertidal to 16 fms. Halosydna johnsoni (Darboux) Polynoé reticulata Johnson, 1897, pp. 170-172, pl. 7, figs. 32, 41, pl. 8, fig. 47 (not Claparéde, 1868). Lepidonotus johnsoni Darboux, 1899, p. 246, footnote. Polynoé californica Johnson, 1901, p. 387. Halosydna californica Moore, 1910, p. 331; Treadwell, 1914, pp. 180- 181. Halosydna macrocephala Essenberg, 1917, pp. 53-55, pl. 3, figs. 22-33. ?Halosydna reticulata Monro, 1928a, pp. 563-565. Collections —902-38, 903-38, 905-38, 906-38. 10 specimens. This species was originally given a preoccupied name (see synonymy above). In a small footnote, Darboux (1899, p. 246) renamed it, but the note has apparently been overlooked. ‘This name predates Johnson’s revision (1901, p. 387). NO. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 35 Halosydna macrocephala Essenberg (1917, pp. 53-55, pl. 3, figs. 22-33) was separated from H. californica Johnson on differences in shape and size of the prostomium and the greater depth of the grooves of the palpi. These characters have questionable specific value. The elytra were described as lacking marginal fringe. In H. johnsoni there is a fringe, though often weak. In other respects the descriptions of these two agree reasonably well. Halosydna reticulata Monro (1928a, p. 563) from the Galapagos Islands may represent more than one species, perhaps none of which is the same as 7. johnsoni. The specimens investigated showed significant differences in the tuberculation of the elytra and the nature of the neuropodial setae. Distribution.—Southern California. Intertidal to 290 fms. (Moore, 1910, p. 331). Common in Crepidula colonies, in Anaheim Slough, California. Halosydna glabra, new species Plate 4, Figs. 43-50 Collections —444-37, 683-37, 688-37 (Holotype). 7 specimens. Length of 25 segments about 24 mm, width with setae to 9 mm. Nephridial papillae from seventh segment, but not large before the tenth segment, from which they are conspicuous, pendulous, the distal end slightly widened, diffusely rust or sooty pigmented. Elytral margin entire, without fringe or papillae. The prostomium is about as broad as long. The 4 eyes are black, the anterior pair slightly the larger, disposed at the sides of the widest part of the prostomium; posterior eyes are near the postectal margin of the prostomium. A shallow median sulcus divides the prostomial lobes. Prostomial antennae are dark, the median ceratophore thicker than the laterals and extending a little beyond them. The median style is about as large and long as the peristomial cirri and resembles them in general appearance. Lateral antennae are only about half as long as the median antenna. Palpi are dark, smooth save for transverse wrinkles of contrac- tion; there are a pale subterminal enlargement and a terminal filament. They extend distally beyond the longest peristomial cirri. One indi- vidual (683-37) has palpi that are much longer, but they lack the con- traction wrinkles. 36 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 Elytra 18 pairs, the first pair orbicular (pl. 4, figs. 43, 45), the others transversely oval (pl. 4, fig. 44). The first pair (and sometimes also the second) have two kinds of macrotubercles, (1) a translucent yellowish, slightly hooked, with terminal knobs, and (2) conical, white or opaque mound, lacking a stalk, ornamented with shallow convolu- tions (pl. 4, fig. 46). In addition, there are great numbers of micro- tubercles scattered more or less regularly over the surface. The area over the elytral scar is pale, with an irregular dusky ring surrounding it. More posterior elytra are smooth, except for a few microtubercles along the anterior margin, near the concavity (pl. 4, fig. 50). The surface is underlain with a fine reticulated mesh, that is darkest and coarsest in an area around the elytral scar. An area over the hilum is pale (pl. 4, fig. 44). Parapodia are robust, fleshy; on median segments the cirrophores are about as heavy, and nearly as long, as the stout neuropodia. The notopodia are reduced, but with a projecting aciculum and a fascicle of fine setae. The dorsal cirrus is slender, tapering, with a slight sub- terminal thickened area and a dusky ring; it extends distally about as far as the neuropodial setae. Ventral cirrus is pale, short, tapers rapidly from a stout base and terminates in a slender prolongation not reaching to the end of the neuropodium. Notopodial and neuropodial setae are each of one kind though of different sizes. There are 10 to 15 notopodial setae in a fascicle, in- cluding superior shorter (pl. 4, fig. 47) and longer, slenderer setae (pl. 4, fig. 49). The neuropodial setae are much coarser, longer, and include 12 to 15 in a supraacicular fascicle and 18 to 24 in a subacicular fascicle; the two fascicles form a continuous series of 3 or 4 vertical rows. They are bifid distally (pl. 4, fig. 48). Halosydna elegans Kinberg (1857, p. 18) from the Galapagos Is- lands was described without elytral fringe. Later, Monro (1928a, p. 567) reported it from the Galapagos Islands, and added to the original meagre description. H. glabra differs from H. elegans particularly in having a greatly reduced notopodium, also the larger elytral tubercles are convoluted and do not have a flat top. Holotype—AHF no. 4. Distribution —Concepcion Bay, Gulf of California, Mexico; Pifias Bay, Panama. In coral and coralline zones, to 12 fms. NO. | HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS Sif Halosydna, species A Plate 4, Figs. 51-55 Collection 719-37. One specimen. General color pale flesh, but under low magnification the elytra are seen to have dispersed reticulated rust-colored blotches, that are darkest and most concentrated in anteriormost elytra, and more or less limited to an area over the hilum in posterior elytra. The dorsal cirri have a broad dark band subterminally. Setae and acicula are pale amber; palpi and prostomial antennae rust-colored. The unique specimen is coiled, but measures about 27 mm long when stretched out. It includes 33 setigerous segments. The prostomium is lepidonotoid, with a shallow median sulcus throughout, the 4 subequal black eyes located at the sides and posterior margin of the prostomium. There are 18 pairs of elytrophores. The elytra are more or less loosely attached, but most are still present. They completely cover the dorsum. The marginal fringe is limited to the external margin. The surface is ornamented with some large, button-like, soft papillae (pl. 4, fig. 54) most numerous on anterior elytra, but some are present through- out. In addition, the surface is diffusely covered with microtubercles each of which has a small horny projection. The rust-colored blotches, under high magnification, are seen to consist of numerous polygonal areas (pl. 4, fig. 55). Parapodia subbiramous, the notopodium obsolete, inserted on the dorsal side of the neuropodium. It is provided with a small fascicle of about 12 to 15 short, notopodial setae, their free portions less than half as long as the free ends of the neuropodial setae. They include shorter, curved, denticulated, superior setae (pl. 4, fig. 53) and longer, slender, serrulated inferior setae (pl. 4, fig. 51). Neuropodia are robust, taper- ing slightly to a truncate acicular lobe from which the yellow aciculum projects a short distance. The neuropodial setae emerge from the lobe in about 2 trim vertical rows, and include about 25 setae in a median parapodium. They are minutely bifid at the tip (pl. 4, fig. 52), the accessory tooth nearly parallel to the main shaft. The transverse rows of serrations increase in size distally. The elytral and setigerous structures of this specimen do not com- pare favorably with those of any known species of Halosydna. Further- more, it originates from a locality (Consag Rock, upper end of the Gulf of California) which has not been biologically investigated here- tofore for its chaetopod fauna. Distribution —Upper end of Gulf of California, Mexico. In 20-25 fms. 38 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 Halosydna, species B Plate 22, Figs. 273-279 Collection.—617-37. One specimen. A nearly complete specimen, with 32 setigerous segments, measures 17 mm long. It is pale throughout except for small brownish patches on the elytra. An oblong pale area over the hilum is bounded on its inner side by a sooty patch that blends gradually with the brown patches. Elytra and acicula pale amber. The prostomium is somewhat macerated and turned under. It is about as broad as long, with a shallow median sulcus. A single pair of black eyes is near the posterior margin, but the anterior eyes might have become obliterated through maceration. Elytra are fringed on their external margins, with a short, slender, trim fringe (pl. 22, fig. 274). The anterior margin is slightly excavate. There are no macrotubercles, but the surface is more or less uniformly covered with microtubercles; these have a circular base and a horny blunt cone (pl. 22, fig. 276). In addition there are irregular blotches of pigment (pl. 22, fig. 275). The entire surface is underlain by minute clear areas, smaller than the tubercles and regularly distributed. ‘The parapodia are subbiramous, the notopodia small, papillar, on the anterodorsal face of the neuropodia. About 12 longer, slender, serrulated notopodial setae project distally, beyond the middle of the neuropodial setae, and there are a few shorter, blunter superior notopodial setae. Neuropodia are robust, truncate distally (pl. 22, fig. 277), with longer larger setae in the superior fascicle (pl. 22, fig. 278) and similar smaller setae inferiorly (pl. 22, fig. 273). All are entire distally. The dorsal cirrostyles extend distally well beyond the notopodial setae. The unique character of the neuropodial setae, with their long, smooth entire tips, and the tuberculation of the elytra do not favor the inclusion of this specimen with any known species of Halosydna. Distribution—San Juanico Bay, Gulf of California, Mexico, in 24 fms. Genus LEPIDONOTUS Leach Lepidonotus nesophilus Chamberlin Plate 7, Figs. 83-95 Lepidonotus nesophilus Chamberlin, 1919a, p. 75. Collections —148-34, 814-38, ?273-35. 9 specimens. In these specimens the prostomium is clearly lepidonotoid, with a No. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 39 shallow median sulcus, the prostomial antennae inserted terminally, 4 black eyes on the posterior half (pl. 7, fig. 83). The posterior border of the prostomium is overlapped by a pair of small lobes, median to the posterior pair of eyes. A single specimen from 273-34 differs in that the prostomium is slightly overlapped by a rounded median prolongation. Elytral fringe is trim, short, closely spaced (pl. 7, figs. 84, 85), the reticulations are fine, mesh-like, the color disposed in minute spots (pl. 7, fig. 86). The first pair, or also the next 2 or 3 pairs, are orna- mented with pale conical macrotubercles (pl. 7, fig. 87), their tips covered with numerous blunt spinelets (pl. 7, figs. 88, 90) in addition to numerous smaller tubercles. In a specimen from 148-34 these macro- tubercles (pl. 7, fig. 89) are much like those shown by Chamberlin (1919a, pl. 4, fig. 5). In a specimen from 814-38 they are less sharply pointed (pl. 7, fig. 88). Elytra more posteriorly have fewer large tubercles, and appear almost smooth save for the numerous minute spine- like tubercles. These are especially abundant along the fimbriate margin. The microtubercles are pale, glistening, resembling oil droplets. The elytra are grayish green with a conspicuous white spot over the elytro- phore, as described by Chamberlin, but the setae are pale amber, not brown. Dorsal cirri are long, slender, extending distally beyond the setae, the terminal filament long, a brown ring below the subterminal en- largement. Notopodial setae are spinose, ranging from blunt, short, to tapering pointed. The longer setae are tapering, laciniole, with spinelets along 2 edges (pl. 7, fig. 95); the shorter setae are bluntly rounded distally. Neuropodial setae are of one kind in median parapodia; they have a well-developed subterminal tooth and 7 to 10 or 11 transverse rows of pectinae, the most distal row of pectinae with the largest teeth (pl. 7, figs. 93, 94). Neuropodial setae in the second segment are of two kinds, (1) superior, heavier setae with bifid tip (pl. 7, fig. 92) and (2) paler, slenderer, tapering, inferior setae (pl. 7, fig. 91). On the whole, these specimens agree with Chamberlin’s description. The prostomium, however, is more typically lepidonotoid than origi- nally shown. The macrotubercles are variable in size and form, from one individual to another. There is great similarity, however, in the shape of the elytra, the proportions and parts of the notopodial and neuropodial setae. Distribution Galapagos Islands, Tenacatita Bay, western Mexico. Intertidal to 75 fms. 40 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 Lepidonotus hedleyi Benham Lepidonotus hedleyi Benham, 1915, pp. 181-183, pl. 38, figs. 1-7; Fauvel, 1932, p. 14; Okuda, 1937, pp. 267-268, fig. 8. Collection —549-36. One individual. The dorsum of anterior segments is traversed by a broad band of brown pigment, segmentally arranged. Prostomial prolongations, median ceratophore including the style, and the palpi, have a similar dark color. The prostomium is a little wider than long, a median sulcus sepa- rates the lobes. he 4 eyes are black, conspicuous, the anterior pair at the broadest part of the prostomium. Elytral margin is entire; its sur- face is provided with widely separated blunt chitinous spines, and pig- mented patches that are interspersed with clear, mesh-like areas. ‘he elytra extend laterally about as far as the neuropodia but they do not nearly cover the neuropodial setae. Notopodial setae are transversely serrated ; most of them are longer, distally pointed, but a few in the superior part of the fascicle are short, slightly arcuate. The notopodial setae of the first parapodium (segment 2) are all of the pointed kind. Neuropodial setae are dark yellow; typi- cally all are bifid, with a rather short, serrated area. In the first para- podium all of the neuropodial setae are long, pointed, without a sub- terminal tooth. Distribution —Australia; Indian Ocean; South Sea Islands; Gulf of California, east of Angel de la Guardia Island. Intertidal to 40 fms. Lepidonotus versicolor Ehlers Plate 5, Figs. 56, 59-61 Lepidonotus versicolor Ehlers, 1901, pp. 50-52, pl. 3, figs. 1-9 (not Augener, 1922, pp. 173-174, fig. 1). Collections.—529-36, 728-37. 2 specimens. Length to 25 mm; width 9 mm with, 7 mm without parapodia. Elytra firmly attached, covering the dorsum but leaving the neuropodial setae exposed. In 728-37, only the first 2 pairs of elytra have conspicu- ous surface tubercles (pl. 5, fig. 56). In 529-36, the first 7 pairs of elytra are thus covered. Their margin is entire, or the first few pairs of elytra have a row of sparse, short, inconspicuous fringes (pl. 5, fig. 56). The first few pairs of elytra have numerous, pale yellow subglobular tu- No. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 41 bercles, which under magnification resemble hedge apples; those on the first pair form a closely set row around the periphery of the scale, and others are scattered over the dorsal surface. On more posterior elytra only a few of the tubercles are large, most of them are much smaller and depressed, causing the surface to look pitted. An area over the hilum is pale, the surface at the sides of, and posterior to, this area is usually mottled with gray pigment. The prostomial prolongations, their cirri, the median ceratophore and its style are dusky. There are 4 eyes, the anterior pair at the sides, near the middle of the prostomium. The other pair is near the posterior margin of the prostomium, somewhat concealed by the overhanging fold from the succeeding segment (pl. 5, fig. 61). It may be for this reason that Ehlers showed only 2 eyes (1901, pl. 3, fig. 2). Neuropodial setae are pale amber, notopodial setae light yellow. The dorsal and ventral acicula are light brown and project from their respective lobes a short distance. The dorsal and ventral setae are each of only one kind. The former are transversely serrated, some have a blunt tip and are shorter, others are longer, pointed. The neuropodial setae are simple, without subdistal tooth or with a small subterminal swelling. In the first parapodium, the dorsalmost (pl. 5, fig. 59) and ventralmost (pl. 5, fig. 60) neuropodial setae are simple but the dorsal- most are thicker and thickened subdistally. There are no smooth noto- podial setae, shown by Ehlers (1901, pl. 3, fig. 6), such as characterize the genus Thormora. In other respects these individuals agree well with the description and figures of this species. In spite of the great differences in the bathymetric ranges of the two individuals herein considered (165 fms. and shore) there are no signifi- cant differences between them. The tuberculation of the elytra is less marked in the intertidal individual, but the tubercles do not differ in their details. The identity of L. versicolor Ehlers and L. argus (Quatrefages) from Australia appears not unlikely. Both have elytra with entire mar- gins and subglobular surface tubercles; the neuropodial setae are entire distally, including those in the first parapodium. In L. argus, however, the larger tubercles are sparsely covered with spinelets (Fauvel, 1917, pl. 4, fig. 9), compared to the condition in L. versicolor (Ehlers, pl. 3, figs)S). Distribution—Juan Fernandez, western South America; Gulf of California, lower half, Mexico. Intertidal to 165 fms. 42 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 Lepidonotus furcillatus Ehlers Plate 5, Figs. 57, 58 Lepidonotus furcillatus Ehlers, 1901, pp. 52-54, pl. 2, figs. 1-8; Augener, 1913, pp. 102-103; Seidler, 1924, pp. 64-66. Lepidonotus arenosus Ehlers, 1901, pp. 49-50, pl. 2, figs. 9-12. Collections.—212-34, 171-34, 429-35, 863-38. 5 specimens. The remaining elytra, on segments 17 and 19 (212-34), are margin- ally fringed and have numerous, low, rounded yellow tubercles over the dorsal surface, and teardrop-shaped tubercles posterior to the elytral scar (Ehlers, 1901, pl. 2, fig. 11). Notopodial and neuropodial setae are pale. The latter are bifid subdistally. The first parapodium contains some neuropodial setae that are tapering, pointed (pl. 5, fig. 58), others that are distinctly bifid (pl. 5, fig. 57). A single posterior fragment from Bahia Honda retains one of the last pair of elytra. This has, in addition to the characteristic blunt tubercles, 4 blunt, slightly hooked, tall yellow spines along the posterior border. The facial tubercle is elongate, papillar. Augener (1913, p. 102) reexamined both of Ehlers’ types and con- cluded they were identical, in spite of differences in the form of the surface spines on the elytra. The specimens in the collections bear out this conclusion, since some of the elytra have tall, slightly hooked spines, others lack them. None, however, have bifid spines such as shown by Ehlers (1901, pl. 2, fig. 5). Distribution—Western South America, from Colombia south to Chile; southwest Australia. Intertidal to 55 fms. Lepidonotus crosslandi Monro Plate 5, Figs. 62-69 Lepidonotus crosslandi Monro, 1928a, pp. 553-555, figs. 1-4. Collections —375-35, 376-35. 6 specimens. The general color of the preserved (alcohol) specimens is fulvous; most of the elytra have a characteristic broad, dusky crescent around the posterior half of the elytral scar which gradually fades out at the posterior margin. All of the specimens are broken across, transversely, near the middle. Total length is 8 to 17 mm. The prostomium is typically lepidonotoid, with 4 small, black eye spots on the posterior half and widest part (pl. 5, fig. 62). The anterior edge of the second segment projects forward over the posterior margin of the prostomium in the form of a pair of short flaps. No. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 43 The elytra are firmly attached and sparsely fringed on the outer, postlateral edge. The surface is uniformly covered with numerous trim, small flattened tubercles, approximately of two sizes (pl. 5, fig. 67), the smaller colorless, the larger yellow. Only the second and third pairs of elytra are slightly excavate at their anterior margins (pl. 5, fig. 69), others are subrectangular or oval in shape (pl. 5, fig. 68). The surface is pale, contrasting in color with the darker, amber-colored tubercles which, in color, resemble the neuropodial setae. The outer margins of the elytra extend laterally beyond the neuroacicular lobes, but they leave uncovered most of the free ends of the ventral setae and the distal halves of the dorsal cirri. In median segments the neuropodial setae are almost or quite simple (pl. 5, fig. 66) but a few in each fascicle, particularly the superior- most, usually have vestiges of a subterminal tooth (pl. 5, fig. 65). The tips are stouter than Monro found them in specimens from Panama. All of the neuropodial setae in the second and third segments, save a few smaller pointed inferiormost (pl. 5, fig. 64), are distinctly bifid (pl. 5, fig. 63) differing therein from the specimens originally de- scribed, in which only the second segment has bifid setae, and the sec- ondary tooth is less conspicuous. The first parapodium has about 17 neuropodial setae, the second about 18, and a median parapodium about 20 to 25, the number in- creasing gradually from anterior to median regions. In Monro’s speci- mens there were only about 6 neuropodial setae in median segments. On the whole, the setae are stouter in the specimens from Peru than indicated in those from Panama. These collections are referred, with some doubt, to L. crosslandi Monro, for the reasons indicated above. The differences indicated above may or may not fall within the range of variation observable in some species of the Polynoidae. Distribution—Panama; Peru. Intertidal to 7 fms. Lepidonotus hupferi Augener Plate 6, Figs. 78-82 Lepidonotus hupferi Augener, 1918, pp. 133-136, pl. 2, figs. 7-11; Seidler, 1924, pp. 69-70. Collections.—125-33, 210-34, 448-35, 683-37. 13 specimens. Length 10 to 17 mm. Elytra completely cover the body. General color pale, but under low magnification the elytra are seen to have an 44 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 irregular reticulated pattern of rust-colored blotches (pl. 6, fig. 82). An individual from La Libertad, Ecuador, has the rust-colored pigment re- placed by sooty color. Base of palpi dark, appearing tucked in at its insertion. Elytra are neatly fringed on their external margins. Median elytra oval, with a slight excavate anterior margin. The surface is covered with minute, chitinous tubercles, with a broad squat base and a slender stalk. Scattered irregularly over the surface but leaving a pale area over the elytral attachment are rust-colored blotches. Under high magnifica- tion they are seen to be mesh-like because of clear, cellular areas among them (pl. 6, fig. 78). Notopodial setae are fine, short, serrated. They number about 30 in a median parapodium, and do not extend distally beyond the neuro- podium. Neuropodial setae are heavier, longer, including about 20 supraacicular and over 50 subacicular in a median parapodium. Dis- tally they have a minute subterminal tooth, but the inferiormost setae tend to be entire (pl. 6, fig. 81). This weakly bifid condition of the neuropodial setae agrees with the condition shown by Augener, and is in contrast to the condition shown by Kinberg for L. caeruleus from Brazil (1910, pl. 4, fig. 16). The first 2 or 3 neuropodia have setae that are distinctly bifid, those of the first parapodium are more dis- tinctly toothed and have a longer serrulated blade (pl. 6, fig. 79) than those in the following segments (pl. 6, fig. 80). Distribution. — British Gold Coast, Africa; western Mexico; Panama; northwestern South America. Intertidal to 12 fms. Lepidonotus caelorus Moore Lepidonotus caelorus Moore, 1903, pp. 412-414, pl. 23, fig. 12; 1905, pp. 546-547, pl. 36, figs. 36, 37; 1910, pp. 333-334; Berkeley, 1923, p. 213 (see Hartman, 1938, p. 108, for additional synonymy). Collections.—874-38, 891-38, 894-38, 900-38. 5 specimens. Distribution —Northwest and northeast Pacific. Intertidal to 40 fms. Lepidonotus pomareae Kinberg panamensis, new subspecies Plate 6, Figs. 70-77 Collections.—863-38 (Holotype), 254-34. 3 individuals. A larger specimen, about 38 mm long, consists of 27 segments. The No. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 45 body is strongly arched in the middle. Greatest width at the sixteenth segment is 9 mm between the nephridial papillae, and 16.2 mm including the setae. The prostomium is largely hidden between the first pair of para- podia, and by a broad, fleshy, convex lobe projecting forward over its posterior half. The lateral antennae are inserted terminally, the styles long, slender, but not extending distally as far as the median antenna. Median ceratophore is long, cylindrical; its distal end projects beyond that of the lateral antennae, its style similar in shape to that of the lateral antennae, but a little longer. Eyes 4, dark, disposed on the pos- terior half of the prostomium, the anterior pair at the sides of the widest part of the prostomium, the posterior pair near the postectal margin. Palpi are long, stout, exceeding in length the antennae and dorsal cirri. They have a few longitudinal rows of minute papillae on the dorsal side. The elytra completely cover the dorsum. They are firmly attached, deeply imbricated, and overlap those of the opposite side. Each has a conspicuous marginal fringe, and an elongate tuft at the inner ectal margin (pl. 6, figs. 70-72). The fringes are in most instances over- grown so as to appear much thicker than they actually are. The surface is richly covered with high, broad-headed tubercles on the exposed por- tion, and smaller, conical or somewhat curved tubercles and knobbed prominences on other portions. A few scattered hairs, resembling the marginal fringe, but shorter, are scattered among the tubercles, espe- cially on the exposed parts of the elytra. The tall, large headed tubercles have their terminal disks excavate in the middle (pl. 6, figs. 73, 74), and the entire cap is covered with numerous slender spines. The stalk from which the tall tubercle arises is smooth and expands at its base. A smaller individual from the same locality (Bahia Honda) has only a few of the conspicuous macrotubercles. Parapodia are subbiramous, the notopodium papillar, arising from the dorsal side of the neuropodium. Each has a stout, dark amber aciculum and numerous (about 20 or more) slender, spinose setae, most of them overgrown, but a few showing the well developed trans- verse rows of spinulae. A few (1 to 3) of the dorsalmost notopodial setae are shorter and blunter (pl. 6, fig. 76) ; most of the others have a similar basal portion, but are greatly elongate distally, with an attenuate tip. The neuropodium is stout, deep, subtruncate, the acicular and post- acicular lobes not notably different from one another. About 30 to 40 46 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOLT copper-colored stout setae (pl. 6, fig. 77), disposed in 4 or 5 irregular longitudinal rows, emerge above and below the aciculum. The dorsal cirrus is inserted on a broad, basal cirrophore, its style long, slender, extends distally beyond the terminal ends of the setae. Ventral cirri are short, cirriform, tapering, and do not extend distally to the end of the neuropodium (pl. 6, fig. 75). Nephridial papillae are cylindrical, present between segments 7 and 25, or to the second last setigerous segment. Anal cirri are long, slender, about as long as the last 4 segments. These individuals resemble Lepidonotus pomareae Kinberg, from the Hawaiian Islands. Both have deep, truncate neuropodia, the elytra with heavy marginal fringe including a postectal tuft. In the Panama form, however, the elytra are conspicuously covered with numerous, large headed, high tubercles, the sixth pair of elytra are rectangular, not triangular, and the total length is over 35 mm as against 13 mm speci- fied for L. pomareae. Holotype—AHF no. 5. Distribution—Bahia Honda, Panama. In depths of 15 to 50 fms. Genus LEPIDAMETRIA Webster Lepidametria virens (Blanchard) Plate 8, Figs. 105-110 Polynoé virens Blanchard, 1849, p. 16, fig. 2; Grube, 1876, p. 60. Lepidasthenia irregularis Ehlers, 1901, pp. 54-55, pl. 3, figs. 10-16; Augener, 1924, pp. 291-292. Lepidametria virens Monro, 1928a, p. 562. Collections.—167-34, 169-34, 213-34(?), 182-34, 315-35, 396-35, 769-38. 10 specimens. Length to 80 mm or over; number of segments over 72. Dorsum with transverse dark bands across the middle of the segments, and a broad band, almost as wide as the segment is long, over the elytrophoral area, median to the parapodial base. Parapodia are pale, prostomium pale rust color; the elytra are dusky on their proximal halves, pale along their outer portions. The prostomial lobes are well separated anteriorly. The 4 black eyes are small and limited to the posterior half of the prostomium. Palpi are very long, extending distally far beyond the antennae (pl. 8, NO. l HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 47 fig. 110). The first 3 sets of dorsal cirri are elongate, the first group the longest. From the fourth segment the dorsal cirri diminish in length but become thicker basally (pl. 8, figs. 106, 105). Elytra are small, rounded, leaving a broad dorsal area exposed. They do not overlap those of succeeding pairs. They are inserted in pairs throughout. Neuropodial setae, including those in anterior segments, have a sub- terminal tooth that is closely appressed to the main fang (pl. 8, figs. 107 to 109) and notably longer than that shown by Ehlers (1901, pl. 3, fig. 17). The dorsal cirri, from about the thirtieth segment, are broad, their basal parts filled with gonadial products. Some of the specimens include a tangle of long, tentacular filaments, perhaps of a terebellid, and were perhaps commensal. Distribution.—Chile; Ecuador; western Mexico; Galapagos. Inter- tidal to 20 fms. Lepidametria gigas (Johnson) Plate 8, Figs. 99-104 Polynoé gigas Johnson, 1897, pp. 172-175, pl. 7, figs. 33, 42, pl. 8, figs. 48, 49. Lepidasthenia gigas Moore, 1909, pp. 241-242; Treadwell, 1914, p. 183. Lepidametria gigas Seidler, 1924, pp. 145-146; Monro, 1936, pp. 92-93, fig. 8. Collection.—148-34. One specimen. Length about 30 mm, number of segments 65. Elytra completely cover the dorsum and are present in pairs throughout. They are sub- circular, smooth, with entire margin, and have a greenish gray mot- tled pattern. Neuropodia are stout, distally acuminate (pl. 8, figs. 103, 104). Dorsalmost neuropodial setae are notably heavier and darker than those more ventrally. A few of the superiormost are distally entire (pl. 8, fig. 99) but most of them have a subterminal tooth. Median and in- ferior setae are bifid, the secondary tooth small as compared with the main fang (pl. 8, fig. 100). Anteriormost segments have a few (the fourth parapodium with 2) weakly serrated, pointed notopodial setae (pl. 8, fig. 102), and bifid neuropodial setae (pl. 8, fig. 101). Distribution.—Southern California; South Georgia (Monro) ; Gala- pagos. Intertidal to 25 fms. 48 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 Genus HOLOLEPIDA Moore Body elongated, consisting of numerous segments. Prostomium with antennae inserted subterminally; eyes 4; a large nuchal flap projecting over posterior part of prostomium (pl. 9, fig. 111). Notopodial setae smooth, of one kind; neuropodial setae in anterior segments of two kinds, (1) a small superior fascicle of fine, bent, denticulated setae, and (2) a larger inferior fascicle of larger, straight setae toothed along one edge. Hololepida veleronis, new species Plate 9, Figs. 111-118 Collections.—549-36 (Holotype), 532-36. 2 specimens. A larger, anterior fragment (549-36) consists of 20 anterior seg- ments, its length about 14 mm, width 3.3 mm without, 7 mm with parapodia, and 10 mm with setae at the sixteenth segment. The prostomium is more than twice as broad as long, the lobes separated by a wide shallow median sulcus. A well developed nuchal flap extends forward reaching nearly to the base of the median cerato- phore (pl. 9, fig. 111). Eyes are large, lenticulated, the anterior pair at the widest part of the prostomium, the posterior pair adjacent to the anterior, but nearer together. Prostomial antennae 3, ceratophores long, slender, styles subequal to one another, similar in shape and size to the peristomial cirri. Palpi are stout at base, long, tapering, extend distally beyond the tips of the antennae. A longitudinal groove extends length- wise on the dorsal side. Elytra pale, soft, the margin without fringe or papillae, greatly wrinkled and folded at the lateral edges; the surface smooth save for minute glistening microtubercles dispersed over the surface. Parapodia elongate, directed laterally at sides of body. The second (first elytrophorous) segment resembles those following except that its ventral cirrus is much longer (pl. 9, fig. 118). The notopodial and neuropodial setae resemble those in more posterior podia except that some superior neuropodial setae are somewhat bent (pl. 9, fig. 117). Notopodia are reduced, papillar, provided with aciculum and from 10 to 15 stiff, rod-like setae. The dorsal cirrophore is long; it extends dis- tally nearly to the middle of the dorsal setae; its style is much longer, slender, reaching well beyond the tips of the neuropodial setae (pl. 9, figs 112). NO. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 49 Neuropodia have long, pointed acicular lobes and shorter, rounded postsetal lobes. The long, triangular acicular lobe extends laterally al- most one third as far as the longer neuropodial setae (pl. 9, fig. 112). Ventral cirrus is slender, cirriform, inserted on the proximal third of the ventral face of the parapodium and hardly extends to the base of the inferiormost setae. Notopodial setae are of one kind, slender, tapering, rod-like, with a row of minute teeth along one edge (pl. 9, fig. 114). Neuropodial setae are of two kinds, (1) slenderer, supraacicular, with few in a fascicle, and (2) heavier, with a long stem and a distal expanded portion pro- vided with some obscure teeth on the cutting edge (pl. 9, fig. 115) and bifid tip (pl. 9, fig. 113). In a few anterior segments a small superior fascicle includes setae that are smaller, bent, the serrations not distinct. A smaller, perhaps juvenile, posteriorly nearly complete specimen (532-36) consists of 34 segments, is about 10 mm long and 1.2 mm wide without parapodia. It resembles the larger piece, but is paler and the eyes are not lenticulated. Both specimens have the proboscis pro- truded a short distance. Only 2 species of this small genus have heretofore been described. H. magna Moore (1905, p. 541) was dredged in 95-110 fms. from the Gulf of Georgia and southeastern Alaska, and later reported from British Columbia (Berkeley, 1923, p. 214). H. magna differs from H. veleronis in that it lacks the long parapodial lappets, the setae are more distinctly serrated, the prostomium is different (see Moore, 1905, pl. 35, figs. 24-29). Hololepida australis Monro (1936, p. 93) was described from the vicinity of the Falkland Islands in depths of 135-267 meters. It differs from H. veleronis in having a different kind of nuchal hood, the setae are otherwise, and parapodial structures differ. H. australis measures 90 mm for 38 segments, H. veleronis is only 14 mm for 20 segments. Hololepida veleronis has smooth setae and soft white scales that re- call those of commensal polynoids. No notes were made as to its color in life, or its association, if any. It is named for the motor cruiser, Velero III, during a cruise on which these collections were made. Holotype—AHF no. 6. Distribution—Near Angel de la Guardia Island (Holotype), and San Francisquito Bay, Gulf of California, Mexico. In 20 and 40 fms. 50 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 Hololepida, species Collection.—148-34. One fragment. A single macerated fragment of 27 segments is about 20 mm long and 9 mm with setae. The prostomium has a nuchal hood, but its parts are crushed and out of normal shape. There are 2 large eyes on each side, more or less fused to one another. Notopodial setae are acicular, nearly smooth except for minute ser- rations along one edge, and nearly as thick as the neuropodial setae, but apparently heavier because of their cylindrical shape. Neuropodial setae have expanded, flattened distal portion, the tips entire but slightly fal- cate, the cutting edge finely serrated. The neuropodial lobes are less thickened distally than in H. veler- onis (see above), the dorsal and ventral margins nearly parallel, but the distal edge is obliquely truncate, beyond which the acicular lobe projects. Distribution Albemarle Island, Galapagos, in 12-15 fms. Genus THORMORA Baird Differs from Lepidonotus Leach in that some of its notopodial setae are smooth, lancet-like, others are simple, serrated. Thormora johnstoni (Kinberg) Plate 7, Figs. 96-98 Lepidonotus johnstoni Kinberg, 1855, p. 384; Grube, 1876, p. 60; Chamberlin, 1919a, p. 74. Lepidonotus (Thormora) johnstoni Seidler, 1924, p. 92. Thormora johnstoni Monro, 1928a, p. 556; 1928b, p. 467. Collections.—76-33, 194-34, 217-34, ?414-35, 450-35, 525-36, 530- 36, 558-36, 634-37, 683-37, 789-38, 878-38, 904-38. 16 specimens. First pair of elytra pale save for punctate disks, others with exposed portion dark (pl. 7, fig. 97) due to small polygonal areas interspersed among the punctate disks (pl. 7, fig. 98). The prostomium (pl. 7, fig. 96) resembles that of Polynoé taeniata Ehlers (1887, p. 51) later re- ferred to Thormora (Seidler, 1924, p. 92) but the demarcation between the prostomium and prostomial peaks is much less abrupt. The palpi are not ciliated. In L. socialis Kinberg (1855, p. 383) the elytral margin is fringed. No. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 51 Distribution. — Panama; Galapagos Islands; Hawaiian Islands; Gulf of California; southern California north to Anacapa Island; Colombia (?). Littoral to 20 fms. Subfamily Harmothoinae Seidler Genus HARMOTHOE Kinberg Harmothoé hirsuta Johnson Harmothoé hirsuta Johnson, 1897, pp. 182-183, pl. 6, figs. 27-29, pl. 7, fig. 38, pl. 8, fig. 53; Treadwell, 1906, p. 1154; Moore, 1910, pp. 350-351; Treadwell, 1914, p. 182. ? Harmothoé hirsuta Moore, 1908, pp. 334-335; Gravier, 1911, pp. 87- 88; Chamberlin, 1919a, pp. 51-54, pl. 2, figs. 2-8, pl. 3, fig. 1; Monro, 1928a, pp. 558-559, fig. 8 (not Ehlers, 1901, p. 42). The larger elytral macrotubercles occur in as many as three rows along the posterior margin. They are widest distally and have many small spinelets on the crown (Johnson, 1897, pl. 6, figs. 27-29). Thus they differ from the tapering, falcate spines, without spinelets, shown by Monro (1928, p. 59, fig. 8). The neuropodial setae are distinctly bifid, the subterminal tooth well below the main fang, and appressed to the main stalk. Harmothoé hirsuta Moore (1908, p. 334) referred to 3 specimens taken from Port Townsend, Alaska, in 15-16 fms. Moore, at that time, commented on the differences observable between these and the types from southern California. One of these specimens was later made the type of Eunoé barbata Moore (1910, pp. 350-351). Whether the others are H. hirsuta is not certain because the elytra were said to lack the polygonal areas. Hi. hirsuta Ehlers (1901, p. 42) from Tumbes, Chile, was later made the type of H. anderssoni Bergstrém (1916, p. 286). Harmothoé hirsuta has been reported from the Antarctic, in 150 meters (Gravier, 1911, pp. 87-88). This record, because of its great distance from the type locality or other authentic records for the species, should perhaps be reinvestigated. Harmothoé hirsuta Chamberlin (1919a, pp. 51-54, pl. 2, figs. 2-8, pl. 3, fig. 1) was based on specimens in which all elytra had been lost. The prostomial and setal outlines agree reasonably well with the de- scription of Johnson. Distribution Southern California; Panama. Intertidal. BZ ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 Harmothoé exanthema (Grube) Polynoé exanthema Grube, 1856, p. 46. Polynoé vesiculosa Grube, 1878a, p. 514. Harmothoé exanthema Bergstrom, 1916, pp. 287-288, pl. 3, fig. 5; Monro, 1936, p. 85. (See Bergstrém, 1916, for additional syn- onymy.) Collections.—273-34, 372-35, 384-35, 385-35, Perdita Island, Gulf of California. 17 specimens. Most individuals are characterized by having a pair of longitudinal black stripes at the sides, over the dorsal surface of the parapodia, and a transverse dark band across each anterior segment and on every sec- ond or third segment more posteriorly. The elytra have some large, globular vesicles with a terminal filament (see Bergstrom, 1916, pl. 3, fig. 5) distributed chiefly along the posterior margin. There are, in addition, numerous microtubercles over the entire surface. Marginal cilia are few, weak, reduced to a short external area. The anterior eyes are inserted ventrolaterally, slightly anterior to the widest part of the prostomium. Neuropodial setae include both simple and bifid, in the same fascicle. The notopodial setae are distally entire, serrated, some of them are heavier than the neuropodial setae. Distribution—Southern and western South America, north to the Gulf of California, Mexico. Subintertidal to 75 fms. Genus EUNOE Malmgren Eunoé senta (Moore) Plate 10, Figs. 128-133 Gattyana senta Moore, 1902, pp. 259-263, pl. 13, figs. 1-13; 1908, p. 337; 1910, pp. 361-362; Treadwell, 1906, p. 1154; Berkeley, 1923, p. 216. Collection —874-38. 3 specimens. Length 18 to 22 mm, width 6 mm with, 4 mm without parapodia, 8 mm with setae. Prostomium pale, with 4 dark eyes on the posterior half; prostomial antennae dark brown. The first segment has a few stout setae resembling the more posterior blunt notopodial setae. ‘The second segment (first parapodial) has 2 well-developed setigerous fas- cicles. Palpi and dorsal cirri are hirsute. No. l HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 53 The elytra are conspicuously covered with furcated spines, that in- crease in size from anterior to posterior margins. The smallest spines are knob-like to minutely bifurcated (pl. 10, fig. 133), the largest multipronged (pl. 10, fig. 132). There are a few long, marginal cilia along the ectal margin. Notopodial setae range from shorter, slightly arcuate, dorsalmost (pl. 10, fig. 130) to long, straight, tapering setae (pl. 10, fig. 131). Neuropodial setae are slightly falcate, with entire tip, the length of the serrated region decreasing from superiormost (pl. 10, fig. 128) to in- feriormost (pl. 10, fig. 129). Distribution Alaska, south to California (dredged). Moore’s original record, North Greenland (1902, p. 263), was later corrected to read Icy Cape, Alaska (1905, p. 525). The specimens mentioned above came from near Anacapa Island, off central California, in 45 fms. PEunoé barbata Moore Eunoé barbata Moore, 1910, pp. 334-338, pl. 28, figs. 1-6; Treadwell, 1914, p. 183. Collection.—885-38. One specimen. A single specimen, about 18 mm long, resembles E. barbata Moore in some respects, but the notopodial setae are more pointed, and the smooth distal end proportionately longer; also, the elytra lack the large, heavily prickled spines. The body is pale cream color, with a segmentally arranged, dark pattern, consisting of a pair of larger patches over the middle of the segment, a similar and smaller pair just posterior to the larger patches and nearly proximal to them, and a pair of more widely separated triangular spots just anterior to the segmental groove. The dorsal cirrostyles are dark, the nuchal prolongation dusky. The few elytra remaining are, on the whole, less spiny than Moore has indicated, and the larger prickly tubercles are few, only 1 or 2 on an elytrum; the finer tuberculation is, however, as figured by Moore (1910, pl. 28, figs. 4-6). Distribution.—Puget Sound; Monterey Bay, California. In depths of 45 and 861-1062 fms. The notes above are based on a specimen from San Luis Obispo Bay, California, in 40 fms. 54 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 Genus LAGISCA Malmgren PLagisca multisetosa Moore Lagisca multisetosa Moore, 1902, pp. 267-269, pl. 14, figs. 29-36; 1910, pp. 340-341; Berkeley, 1923, p. 215. Collection.—874-38. 2 specimens. The material at hand does not permit the certain identity with the species indicated. Moore (1910, p. 341) has already commented on the possible range of variation in this species, and the need for a revision of species belonging to this genus. Augener (1913, pp. 207-209) considered Lagisca multisetosa a ques- tionable synonym of Harmothoé aspera Hansen, from the North Sea. Annenkova (1937, p. 152), perhaps at this suggestion, reported H. aspera from the North Sea, and considered L. multisetosa identical with the form from the North Sea. Until more collections are available, it will be difficult to conclude what the relations are between the north Pacific and the north Atlantic forms. Distribution—North Pacific, south to Lower California (Moore), in 40 to 1,400 fms. The type locality was first given as North Green- land, but later corrected to Icy Cape, Alaska (Moore, 1905, p. 525). Genus POLYNOE Savigny, sensu Kinberg Body long, consisting of numerous segments. Prostomium harmo- thoid, the lateral antennae inserted ventrally. Elytra 15 pairs, limited to the anterior portion of the body, the posterior segments uncovered. Notopodial setae more or less delicately serrated or quite smooth; neuropodial setae with transverse serrations, tip bidentate or unidentate. Polynoé veleronis, new species Plate 10, Figs. 121-127 Collections —405-35, 834-38, 835-38 (Holotype). 6 specimens. Length 30 to 35 mm, width 4.5 mm without, 6.0 mm with para- podia; number of segments 50 to 60, the last 18 or more left uncovered by the elytra. General form elongate, depressed, the sides more or less parallel. Prostomium harmothoid, the 2 lobes well separated in their anterior halves but only weakly posteriorly, terminating anteriorly in a pair of acuminate prostomial peaks (pl. 10, fig. 121). Eyes 4, small, black, the No. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 55 anterior much the larger, directed ventrolaterally, on the anterior third of the prostomium; the posterior smaller, nearer together, on the pos- terior third of the prostomium. Facial tubercle conical, with blunt tip, visible only in ventral view. Palpi and all cirriferous styles have minute papillations; they taper distally with only a slight, or no, subterminal enlargement. Elytra 15 pairs, the first pair subcircular (pl. 10, fig. 123), others oval in shape. The margin is entire, without fringe, papillae or crenu- lations. The surface is smooth, dark brown over most of the area, but with a pale irregular circular area between the elytral scar and the posterior margin, and a pale area where the preceding one overlaps the anterior margin. A few minute, low, yellow microtubercles are dis- tinguishable in the pale area. Parapodia subbiramous, the notopodium reduced, provided with a yellow aciculum that projects some distance beyond the lobe, and 6 to 10 pale, serrated setae. Neuropodium obliquely truncate, with a small fleshy, triangular, preacicular lobe at the dorsoectal edge (pl. 10, fig. 124). Dorsal cirrus long, the cirrophore extends laterally as far as, or beyond, the notopodial lobe, the styles are dark at the base and extend distally beyond the neuropodial setae. Ventral cirri pale, small, taper- ing, inserted on the distal half of the ventral side of the neuropodium. Ventral cirrus of second segment elongate (pl. 10, fig. 122). The notopodial setae are as thick as the neuropodials, distally blunt, with serrated edge (pl. 10, fig. 125). The notopodium of segment two has about 20 to 25 setae which resemble those in more posterior seg- ments. The neuropodial setae are transversely serrated. They include a superior fascicle of 6 to 10, with bifid tips, and a long serrated region (pl. 10, fig. 127). The inferior fascicle contains 40 or more setae with shorter, serrated edge and bifid tip (pl. 10, fig. 126). The neuropodium of segment two has about 6 superior setae resembling those more pos- teriorly but more tapering and with an obscure bifid tip, and a larger inferior fascicle of 25 to 30 pointed, serrated setae. Notoacicula and neuroacicula are pale yellow and project beyond the acicular lobes. Polynoé veleronis differs from P. antarctica Kinberg in that its noto- podia are provided with numerous setae instead of only 2 to 5 smooth setae, and the neuropodia are less oblique. Several other species of Polynoé have been described from western South America, P. chilensis and P. fasciculosa Blanchard (1849, pp. 15, 17) both from Chile, and P. violacea Schmarda (1861, p. 154) from Chile. These are too in- 56 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 completely known to permit comparison. P. chilensis was later reported by Grube (1876, p. 60) who reported the presence of 16 pairs of elytra, but figured 29 pairs, hence the latter is clearly not the species described above. Holotype-—AHF no. 7. Distribution—Independencia Bay, Peru; Gorgona Island, Colombia. Intertidal to 21 fms. Family Sigalionidae The Sigalionidae are largely to be obtained only by dredging. Only a single species, Sthenelais fusca Johnson, is know to exist in the inter- tidal of the northeast Pacific. Many of the known species occur in depths of 500 fms. or over, a few in the subintertidal. The work of the Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions was done largely in depths of 100 fms. or less, hence the collections are unusually rich in little known, or new, species from shallower waters. Fourteen species in 5 genera are represented. Of these, 1 genus (Eusigalion Augener) has not here- tofore been known outside of western Africa, and 10 species or sub- species are new to science (see below). Six genera (Leanira, Pholoé, Psammolyce, Sigalion, Sthenelais, and Sthenelanella) have been previously reported. wo of these (Pholoé and Sigalion) are not represented in the present collections. Pholoé, in the Pacific, is known only from records for Washington, northward. Sig- alion, reported only as S. pourtalesit ‘Treadwell, is not the same as 8S. pourtalesiti Ehlers from the West Indies, but is herein referred to Eusi- galion spinosum, new species (see page 60). A key to the genera of SIGALIONIDAE included in this report follows: 1. Prostomial lobe trapezoidal, widest anteriorly, its median an- tenna small, inconspicuous, inserted on a short base without ctenidia; neuropodial setae bifid distally . . EUSIGALION 1. Prostomial lobe subglobular, the anterior median area concealed by the base of a conspicuous median ceratophore, with a pair of lateral crenata Te S82 Pe 2. Third setigerous segment with a dorsal cirrus; elytra with lobu- lar, papillated processes, and encrusted with sand particles . PSAMMOLYCE 2. Third segment without dorsal cirrus; elytra without marginal lobes though often withmarginal fringe’). 0...) 2 No. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 57 4 . Neuropodial setae distally entire ES i Mn ee ae ae . Neuropodial setae distally bifid . . . . STHENELAIS . Neuropodial setae with smooth, blunt appendage, those in a fascicle similar to one another, forming trim vertical series STHENELANELLA 4. Some neuropodial setae long, pointed, the appendage transversely CaAnanicwlated (css. peek, a yw wee. ae) a nee kW WwW Genus EUSIGALION Augener Prostomium subtrapezoidal, with 3 subequal antennae, including a pair inserted near the anterior margin, and a median antenna posterior to, or between, the eyes. Eyes 4, minute, disposed in a rectangle on the dorsal side of the prostomium. Parapodial structures and elytra re- sembling those in Sigalion Audouin and M. Edwards. Eusigalion has heretofore been known through a single species, E. vazensis Augener (1918, p. 113) from the French Congo, Africa. Two species are herewith added. Eusigalion spinosum, new species Plate 11, Figs. 134-140; Plate 12, Figs. 146, 147 Sigalion pourtalesii Treadwell, 1914, p. 183 (not Ehlers, 1887, p. 57). Collections.—198-37, 780-38, 814-38, 876-38, 887-38, 888-38, 889-38 (Holotype), 891-38, 893-38, 895-38, 896-38, 897-38, 899-38, Acc. 587, Acc. 590. About 45 specimens. Length 100 mm or over; number of segments 125 to 150. Pale to white, the elytra translucent and more or less completely covering the dorsum. Form depressed, subrectangular in cross section, tapering an- teriorly from about the tenth segment to a truncate prostomium, and posteriorly from the median region to a narrow posterior end. Prostomium trapezoidal in outline, about as broad as long, widest at its anterior margin (pl. 11, fig. 135), with 4 small dark eye spots on the dorsum near the middle, and 3 subequal antennae, a pair at the anterior margin and a median posterior to the eye spots. Palpi long, slender, white, smooth, tapering and extending posteriorly to about the seventh setigerous segment, when laid back. Elytra are pale or white, translucent, smooth, slightly emarginate at their anterior margin (pl. 11, fig. 134), and with a row of pinnately branched filaments (pl. 11, fig. 139) at their outer lateral margin. 58 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 Parapodia are long throughout, the notopodium at first shorter than the neuropodium (pl. 11, fig. 136) and gradually increasing in length so as to extend distally beyond the neuropodium (pl. 11, fig. 138). The notopodium is distally vesicular and terminates in a short cirrus, dorsal to the setal fascicle. Neuropodia are obliquely truncate, terminate dor- sally in a triangular lobe in which the aciculum is embedded. Acicula are pale, not extending beyond the fleshy lobes. Ventral cirri are cirri- form, taper distally, and are directed ventromedially. They extend dis- tally beyond the neuropodium to which they are attached. Anal cirri include a single long, slender filament about as long as the last 12 segments, and a shorter, similar filament only about half as long. Notopodial setae are pale, long, slender, directed dorsally and curved somewhat over the dorsum. Under high magnification they show a finely serrated edge (pl. 12, fig. 147). The neuropodial setae include a supraacicular fascicle, emerging from the dorsal side of the neuro- podium, and a heavier subacicular fascicle. The superior fascicle consists of about 9 finer, composite setae at the anterior side and 12 to 15 pro- gressively coarser composite setae posteriorly. A few (about 4) have shorter, most of them have longer, appendages (pl. 12, fig. 146). In addition, there are about 7 shorter, simple, spinose setae (pl. 11, fig. 140) in the anterodorsal part of the fascicle. The subacicular fascicle includes a few (about 4) stouter, short-appendaged, composite setae, and a great many (40 to 50) much finer, longer, composite setae. These have a long, slender, articulated appendage with bifurcated tip (pl. 11, fig. 137). The shaft is spiny, hence the specific designation. No tube or investing sheath has been found with, or on, any of the individuals. Indications are that it burrows through a soft substratum. Eusigalion spinosum differs from LE. vazensis Augener, the only known species in this genus, in its prostomial proportions (Augener, 1918, pl. 2, fig. 14), its much greater size, in having spinose setal shafts, and in its elytral details. It resembles Sigalion ovigerum Monro (1924, p. 47; 1930, p. 101) in having long, slender neuropodial setae, but in the latter the prostomium lacks a median prostomial antenna. A single specimen from Ballast Point, San Diego, California, in the collections of the University of California, labelled Sigalion pourtalesii (Treadwell, 1914, p. 183) is a Eusigalion, identical with the species de- scribed above. The genus, Sigalion Audouin and M. Edwards, is there- fore not known to be in California waters. Holotype—AHF no. 8. No. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 59 Distribution—Monterey Bay (Holotype), south to southern Cali- fornia; Farallon Islands, Anacapa Island, Santa Barbara Island, Cata- lina Island, California; Galapagos Islands; Chatham Bay, Cocos Island. In 10 to 65 fms. It is apparently rare or absent from Lower California, Mexico, and areas south, where its nearly related species, E. hancocki (see below), is found. The extra-California specimens are pygmies com- pared with those from Monterey Bay and south-central California. Eusigalion hancocki, new species Plate 12, Figs. 141-145, 148-152 Collections —66-33, 74-33, 126-33, 208-34, 701-37, 745-37, 747-37, 769-38 (Holotype). 10 specimens. Length of 66 anterior segments about 40 mm; greatest width be- tween segments 15 to 25. Surface smooth, glistening, the midventrum with a slightly thickened ridge in the region between the longitudinal muscle bands. Lower lip with about 12 longitudinal grooves. Prostomium trapezoidal, slightly longer than wide, the anterior margin with a median convexity, the posterior margin nearly straight (pl. 12, fig. 144). Prostomial antennae small, papillar, the paired ones inserted at the anterior margin, the median between the anterior pair of eyes. In some individuals they are dusky at their tips. The 4 minute black eye spots are on the anterior half of the prostomium. They are deep seated and seen only when looking directly over the area where they are located. A supraoral, biarticulated antenna is inserted medially just over the mouth aperture. Palpi are white, long, slender, smooth, extending posteriorly to the seventh segment when directed backward. Branchial cirri simple, cirriform, present from fifth setigerous seg- ment, the first as large as those more posterior; they are curved out- ward and slightly directed toward the preceding parapodium (pl. 12, fig. 143). Dorsal cirri (pl. 12, fig. 145) are proportionately larger than those in E. spinosum. Ventral cirri are slender, tapering, extending dis- tally beyond the parapodia in the anterior region but becoming gradu- ally shorter to about the fortieth segment (pl. 12, fig. 145). Elytra are white or slightly fulvous; they completely cover the dor- sum and the bases of the parapodia. The first pair is oval, the others broad, their ectal margins with a delicate fringe of subpalmately branched papillae (pl. 12, fig. 141), otherwise the margin is entire. 60 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 Surface is smooth save for a few cirriform papillae along the outer, lateral portion near the marginal fringe (pl. 12, fig. 142). The parapodial structures are not much different from those in £. spinosum (see above), except that the setae vary in details. The noto- podial setae are delicately serrated; a few of the inferiormost are much smaller and quite smooth (pl. 12, fig. 148). The neuropodial setae in- clude a few dorsal, simple, spinose setae (pl. 12, fig. 149) and numerous composite setae. These have a smooth (pl. 12, fig. 150) or spinose shaft (pl. 12, figs. 151, 152) and slender, bifurcated appendages, with or without articulations. The secondary tooth is, in most instances, long but does not project beyond the main fang (pl. 12, fig. 150). Eusigalion hancockhi differs from E. spinosum (page 60) in its pro- stomial proportions and in its setae, as described above. Holotype—AHF no. 9. Distribution—Off San Jose Light, Guatemala (Holotype) ; Gulf of California, Mexico; Isabel Island, Mexico; La Libertad, Ecuador; Albemarle Island, Galapagos. Sublittoral to 32 fms. Two specimens (74-33) from Albemarle Island were caught with the use of an electric light, at night. Genus STHENELAIS Kinberg Body elongate, tapering, consisting of numerous segments; elytra more or less completely covering the dorsum. Prostomium anteriorly rounded, usually with 4 eyes disposed in a rectangle, the anterior pair at the anterior margin of the prostomium, more or less concealed from the dorsum by the median ceratophore, the posterior pair usually on the dorsal side of the prostomium. Median antenna stout, its ceratophore with a pair of lateral, flaring ctenidia. Paired lateral antennae inserted on the first setigerous segment. Palpi long, often exceeding in length the first 10 or more segments. First segment elongate, directed anteri- orly, provided with setal fascicles. Parapodia biramous, the notopodium with simple, pointed setae, transversely serrated along one or both edges, or almost smooth; neuropodium with only composite setae, or also with simple, spinose superior setae (pl. 13, fig. 153). A ciliated tentacular cirrus (=branchia) on all or most parapodial appendages, posterior to the first few segments. Area between the tentacular cirrus and the notopodium with a series of ciliated ctenidia. NO. | HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 61 Sthenelais fusca Johnson Plate 13, Figs. 153-162 Sthenelais fusca Johnson, 1897, pp. 185-186, pl. 9, figs. 60, 61, pl. 10, fig. 64; 1901, p. 397; Moore, 1909, p. 242; Treadwell, 1914, pp. 183-184; Monro, 1933, p. 16. Collections.—28-33, 343-34, 745-37, ?770-38, 780-38, 907-38, Acc. 585. 11 specimens. Notopodial setae are disposed in a full, fan-like fascicle of longer, finely serrated setae, and fewer, shorter, pectinated setae in the inferior part of the fascicle. Neuropodia have superiorly (1) spinose setae (pl. 13, fig. 153) and (2) long-shafted composite setae (pl. 13, fig. 154) ; medially (3) stout, falcigerous setae with short, bifid appendage (pl. 13, figs. 155 to 157), disposed in a semicircular whorl about the neuro- aciculum, the arc open anteriorly (pl. 13, fig. 159); and inferiorly (4) slender, pale composite setae with long appendage in a transverse series of 6 to 10, ventral to the parapodial flange that borders the main setal fascicle. This character is in sharp contrast to the condition in S. varia- bilis colorata Monro (see page 63). The first elytra are broadly ellipsoid, smaller than those following; the others are excavate at their anterior margin (pl. 13, figs. 160 to 162). There is a row of longer, filiform papillae marginally, and several irregular rows of smaller, submarginal papillae (pl. 13, fig. 161). In some individuals the surface of the elytra is closely covered with minute, wart-like elevations (28-33, Acc. 585), in others the papillated area is much less or almost lacking. Thus, in 343-34, an anterior portion is smooth; in 745-37 and 780-37 (pl. 13, fig. 160) the papillae are limited to an anterior area. Most of the elytral outlines examined are propor- tionately less broad for their length than has been shown by Johnson (1897, pl. 10, fig. 64). Specimens from Point Loma, near San Diego, California, (in the author’s collection) have, however, the elytral pro- portions approximately as shown by Johnson (pl. 13, figs. 161, 162). The arrangement of the papillar lobes on the parapodia is more or less constant in all individuals. ‘The notopodium has two or a few larger, stouter lobes on the posterior side, near the point where the noto- aciculum emerges. On its anterior side there is a series of 8 to 12 deli- cate, filiform lobes, along the line where the dorsalmost notopodial setae emerge. The neuropodial lobes are shorter than those of the notopodium, and limited to the anterior side of the podia. The ventral cirrus has a 62 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 small lobe at its junction with the parapodium, and an elevated flange a short distance from its articulation with the ramus (pl. 13, fig. 158). A single specimen from 770-37 differs from others in that its peri- stomial cirri are checkered. In other respects it resembles S. fusca. The specimens identified as S. fusca Johnson vary considerably in certain respects. The length ranges from 40 mm (adult female from 28-33) to 110 mm (745-37). The degree of tuberculation on the elytra is variable, as mentioned above; the surface of the elytra is pale in some, and encrusted with rust-colored particles in others. All agree, however, in having similar parapodial parts as described above, and the first elytrum is ellipsoid. The relation of S. fusca Johnson to S. variabilis colorata Monro is apparently close. It is only by resort to microscopic parts that notable differences are observable. Distribution.—Washington, south to Panama; Galapagos Islands. Intertidal to 46 fms. In root masses of eel grass; under stones. Sthenelais verruculosa Johnson Plate 14, Figs. 167-175 Sthenelais verruculosa Johnson, 1897, p. 187, pl. 9, fig. 62, pl. 10, fig. 65; Treadwell, 1914, p. 184; Berkeley, 1923, p. 216. Collections.—287-34, 888-38, 893-38, 894-38, 897-38. About 27 specimens. Length over 75 mm; width without 4.5 mm, with parapodia 8.5 mm; with setae 13 mm at fifteenth segment. No specimens are posteri- orly complete. Dorsum completely covered by elytra. They are fringed on their outer margins; the surface is finely punctate, and marked with a broad greenish gray crescent on the median and posterior third of the scale, approximately marking the line where the preceding elytrum over- laps it. The ventrum of the body is finely and closely pustuled, the papillae similar to those that cover the surface of the elytra. The prostomium somewhat resembles that in S. fusca (see above) except that the anterior pair of eyes is visible from the dorsum, and only partly concealed by the antennal flanges. The posterior eyes are inserted somewhat behind the lateral bases of the median antenna. The latter has broad, lateral expansions (pl. 14, fig. 170). Palpi are white, long, slender, extending distally to the tenth setigerous segment when directed posteriorly. No. l HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 63 Parapodial ctenidia are present from the fourth parapodium and occur in threes, the dorsalmost the smallest (pl. 14, fig. 167). Elytral cirri (=branchiae) are long, cirriform, directed ventrally and recurved inward. ‘hey extend distally to about the middle of the parapodial base. The whorl about the neuroacicular lobe, from which the median neuro- podial setae arise, is closely surrounded by a fringe of elongate papillae. The inferiormost setae are ventral to the papillar whorl (pl. 14, fig. 175). A row of slenderer papillae borders the upper lobe where the notopodial setae emerge from the notopodium. The ventral cirrus has a basal thickening (pl. 14, fig. 167). The first elytrum is large, with an anterior prolongation that fits snugly about the sides of the prostomium. Others are deeply excavate at their anterior margins. On their proximal margins they are smooth, delicate; laterally there are long fringes, some of which extend over the sublateral margin (pl. 14, fig. 171). The exposed surface is more or less covered with microtubercles subequal in size (pl. 14, fig. 172). Neuropodial setae include (1) spinose, simple, superiormost (pl. 14, fig. 174), accompanied by (2) a few long jointed, composite setae, (3) median and inferior, long jointed, slender, bifid composite setae (pl. 14, figs. 168, 169). There are no stout, falcigerous median setae such as characterize S. fusca Johnson (see above). Notopodial setae are closely serrated (pl. 14, fig. 173). Distribution.—California; British Columbia; Carros Island, Mexico; San Miguel Island, California. Subintertidal to 30 fms. Sthenelais variabilis Potts, var. colorata Monro Plate 13, Figs. 163-166 Sthenelais variabilis Potts, 1910, p. 349. Sthenelais variabilis, var. colorata Monro, 1924, pp. 52-53; 1933, pp. 14-16, fig. 7. Collections.—116-33, 250-34, 450-35, 451-35, 470-35. 6 specimens. These specimens differ from S. fusca Johnson (see above) most notably in their much smaller size. An egg-laden female (450-35) con- sisting of 42 anterior segments is only 25 mm long and 3.5 mm wide. The first elytrum is about as broad as long and suborbicular. The in- feriormost neuropodial setae are inserted dorsal to the ventral parapodial fringe (pl. 13, fig. 166) and the notopodial fringe is terminal rather than oblique in its insertion. The posterior margin of the elytra is neatly 64 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 beaded, its lateral margin fringed (pl. 13, figs. 163, 164). The surface is papillated, with wart-like elevations, those on anterior elytra finer than those more posteriorly. The neuropodium terminates in a small lobe (pl. 13, fig. 166) at the place where the aciculum emerges. The ventral cirrus has a dorsal flange at its proximal end. Neuropodial setae include (1) spinose, simple setae, and slender, long shafted composite setae in the superior- most part of the fascicle, the latter with a spinose shaft; (2) stouter composite setae with longer or shorter appendage, the secondary tooth closely appressed (pl. 13, fig. 165) ; and (3) slender, inferior composite setae. Distribution Eastern Australia; Panama; Costa Rica; Mexico. Subintertidal to 25 fms. Sthenelais maculata, new species Plate 15, Figs. 176-187 Collection. — 273-34, 364-35, 373-35, 379-35, 634-37, 639-37, 833-38 (Holotype). 10 specimens. Length of 50 anterior segments (833-38) is 31 mm, width at fortieth segment across elytra is 3 mm, with setae 4 mm. Another smaller, but nearly complete, individual, lacking the prostomium, is 40 mm for 112 segments (634-37). Dorsum completely covered by elytra. The latter are pale or cream colored, each overlain with a black ring about the elytrophorous region, and a triangular fulvous area median to the ring (pl. 15, figs. 178, 182, 183). Prostomium trapezoidal, broader than long, widest in its anterior half, without a median sulcus; the anterior eyes are in front of, and at the sides of, the median ceratophore, the posterior pair slightly an- terior to the middle of the prostomium. Median ceratophore is about as long as the prostomium, its lateral expansions broad and extending dis- tally beyond the main stalk. The median antenna is about twice as long as its ceratophore. Palpi are white, tapering, and extend distally to the sixth parapodium. The first parapodium is directed anteriorly, its notopodial setae overlapping medially in front of the prostomium. Branchiae are present from the fourth segment (—second elytrophorous) ; they are cirriform, recurved, heavily ciliated on their ventral side. Parapodial ctenidia occur in threes, nearly filling the space between the branchial base and the notopodial base (pl. 15, fig. 180). NO. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 65 Elytra are broadly imbricated and laterally fimbriated, the fringes continued submarginally (pl. 15, fig. 181). The first are about as broad as long, suborbicular in outline save at their anterior margin where they are truncate. The next few pairs, to about the sixth pair, are as long as, or longer than, wide with anterior margin only slightly excavate (pl. 15, fig. 178). More posteriorly they are proportionately broader and more distinctly reniform (pl. 15, figs. 182, 183). The dorsal surface is covered with microtubercles which are largest on anteriormost elytra, but inconspicuous throughout. Parapodia are fimbriated on their anterior sides, the notopodium with about 4 longer papillae at its terminal portion, the neuropodium with about 12 to 15 (pl. 15, fig. 180). The neuroacicular lobe is stout, convex, projecting distally beyond the ventral cirri and notopodial lobe in median parapodia (pl. 15, fig. 180). In anterior parapodia the neuro- podia are less developed (pl. 15, fig. 179). Ventral cirri are simple, tapering, with a dorsal flange and a smaller elevation at the proximal, dorsal base. Notopodial setae are elongate, finely serrated. Superior neuropodial setae include simple spinose (pl. 15, fig. 185) and slender composite setae, the appendage with 1 (pl. 15, fig. 176) or 2 articles (pl. 15, fig. 177), the shaft smooth or somewhat spiny. Median neuro- podial setae are falcate, the tip bifid, the shaft smooth (pl. 15, figs. 186, 187). Inferior neuropodial setae are long, slender, articulated (pl. 15, fig. 184). Sthenelais maculata belongs in the group with S. fusca, in having simple, spinose neuropodial setae. It differs most conspicuously from others of this group in its neuropodial proportions and the kinds of setae. Holotype—AHF no. 10. Distribution.—Independencia Bay, Peru (Holotype) ; Callao, Peru; Manta, Ecuador; Tenacatita Bay, Mexico; Gulf of California, Mexico. Shore to 75 fms. Sthenelais hancocki, new species Plate 16, Figs. 188-202 Collection.—890-38. 3 specimens. There are 3 anterior fragments, the longest piece is 34 mm long for 64 segments. The width is 3 mm without, 4.5 mm with parapodia and 66 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 6.2 mm with setae. The body and elytra are pale except for black eyes and a few diffuse sooty patches on some of the anterior elytra. Some of the posterior elytra are encrusted with rust-colored granulation. Prostomium trapezoidal, widest anteriorly, the width slightly ex- ceeding the length; with a pale median longitudinal line but without a median sulcus. Eyes 4, black, the anterior pair at the anteroventral mar- gin, concealed from dorsal view by the antennal ctenidia, and a posterior pair at the sides of, and slightly posterior to, the antennal base (pl. 16, fig. 188). Median antenna similar to the peristomial cirri, but about one third again as long. Palpi are white, tapering, extending distally beyond the prostomial antenna. Elytra completely cover dorsum; they are broadly overlapping pos- teriorly and medially. The surface appears smooth to the unaided eye, but under magnification shows numerous low, yellowish, chitinous, simple spines. The margin is entire except for a limited outer border which has a simple fringe (pl. 16, figs. 189, 191, 198, 202). The first elytrum is suboval (pl. 16, fig. 191), narrower than that following, but broadly overlapping the second one. The latter is deeply excavate at the anterior border, the point of attachment proportionately far posterior (pl. 16, fig. 189). Other elytra are increasingly larger toward the median region of the body, the inner half of each scale forming a large lobe at its anterior margin, the outer half less so. In anterior elytra the surface is almost entirely overlain with simple, low spines; in the median and posterior regions the spines are more or less obscured by a rust-col- ored incrustation. In anterior elytra the prickly area extends over the entire portion, in posterior scales the outer half is nearly or quite smooth (pl. 16, fig. 202). Also, the outer fringe, at first more or less regular, is less so in median and posterior elytra, and the spaces between the longer fringe often filled in with minute, globular papillae (pl. 16, fig. 198). The chitinous spines are low (pl. 16, fig. 195) and when seen in dorsal view appear three-angled (pl. 16, fig. 194). Parapodia are typical of the genus, the first 3 pairs directed for- ward at the sides of the prostomial and oral areas, the others laterally. In the first few parapodia, from the second, the neuropodium extends distally beyond the notopodium, but by the tenth segment they extend distally about equally far, and more posteriorly the notopodium is the longer. The first parapodium is uniacicular (pl. 16, fig. 190), with a long dorsal cirrus, a ventral cirrus about half as long, and a shorter, clavate cirrus, dorsoanterior to the dorsal cirrus that represents the No. l HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 67 transposed prostomial antenna. Its setae are numerous, long, capillary, finely serrated. In the second to fourth segments, the neuropodium has a few antero- dorsal, composite setae, their appendages long, 1 or 2 articulated, and distally bifid, the shaft is long, strongly spinose (pl. 16, fig. 192). The median and inferior neuropodial setae are less spinose or quite smooth. From the fifth segment the spinose composite setae are replaced by simple, spinose setae (pl. 16, fig. 193), and the median (pl. 16, fig. 197) and inferior setae (pl. 16, fig. 196) are all smooth shafted, the former heavier than the latter. The appendages are 1 to 6 articled, and the tips are finely bifid (pl. 16, figs. 199, 200). From about the thirty-second segment, one or a few of the median composite neuro- podial setae are stout, the appendage short, falcate, strongly bifid (pl. 16, fig. 201). Setae and acicula are pale yellow. A few terminal parapodial fringes are present on the anteriormost segments, but inconspicuous or absent on others, save for a few at the anterior margin at the distal end of the notopodium. The ventral cirrus of the first segment is longer than those following. It extends distally beyond the parapodium. By the fourth segment it is shorter than its respective parapodium, and remains more or less the same more pos- teriorly. Sthenelais hancocki approaches S. neoleanirae (see below) in having mostly fine neuropodial setae, with a strongly tapering appendage and minute, bifid tip. It differs, however, in almost lacking the parapodial fimbriation which is notable in S. neoleanirae. Also, the neuropodial setae, though tapering strongly distally, terminate in a more distinct bifid tip. The elytral spines are proportionately much smaller and lower. Holotype—AHF no. 11. Distribution—Monterey Bay, off Point Pifios, California. In 36 fms. Sthenelais neoleanirae, new species Plate 17, Figs. 203-216 Collection 667-37. One specimen. This is known only through a single, incomplete anterior fragment, including the prostomium and about 73 segments with 57 pairs of elytra. 68 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 The prostomium is wider than long, with 2 pairs of black eye spots, the anterior pair at the frontal margin of the prostomium, concealed by the prostomial antenna. They are larger than the posterior eyes, and spaced a little nearer together. he posterior eyes are immediately be- low the lateral base of the median ceratophore. Branchial cirri are minute, papilliform, on the first elytrophore (seg- ment 4), but more or less subequal more posteriorly. ‘Che elytra are imbricated, completely covering the dorsum. They are fimbriated along their outer, lateral margin, and some fringes continued submarginally (pl. 17, fig. 209), the anterior margin slightly excavate. Many of the posterior elytra have 3 to 5 larger, simple spines (pl. 17, fig. 210) in a row near the posterior border, in addition to many smaller, similar spines. All of the spines are higher than broad at their base (pl. 17, fig. 208). Parapodia, from the second, are conspicuously fimbriated in the first 10 or more segments. The fimbriae are long, papillar, bordering the setal and acicular fascicles (pl. 17, figs. 203, 206). They are present more posteriorly, but in diminishing numbers and sizes. The first parapodium has a long slender dorsal cirrus, more than twice as long as its ventral cirrus. A shorter, clavate cirrus, dorsal and anterior to the dorsal cirrus, represents the transposed prostomial an- tenna (pl. 17, fig. 207). The setae are all of one kind, long, slender, capillary, minutely serrated, the supraacicular about twice as long and numerous as the subacicular setae. ‘The second parapodium has 2 or 3 superior composite setae with a long, spinose shaft, and a 5 or 6 articled appendage, the tip obscurely bifid. The other setae resemble those in more posterior parapodia. From segment four, there are simple, spinose setae (pl. 17, fig. 211) in the anterodorsal position of the neuropodial fascicle accompanied by slender composite setae (pl. 17, fig. 204). The median (pl. 17, figs. 212, 213) and inferior setae (pl. 17, figs. 205, 215) have a heavy shaft, with few, or mostly no, serrations, and a rapidly tapering appendage which is 1 to 5 articled, and terminates in a poorly marked bifid tip (pl. 17, figs. 2126213). The notopodia, from the second, are at first notably smaller than the neuropodia (pl. 17, fig. 206), but from the tenth segment the noto- podium becomes increasingly larger and surpasses the neuropodium (pl. 17, fig. 216). Ventral cirri are tapering, with a terminal lobe (pl. 17, fig. 206). No. l HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 69 The unique character of the neuropodial setae and the spiny elytra distinguish this species from others of the genus Sthenelais. It is desig- nated S. neoleanirae because its composite neuropodial setae taper rapidly to a slender tip, which is, however, bifid. Holotype—AHF no. 12. Distribution.—Escondido Bay, Carmen Island, Gulf of California, Mexico. In 60 fms. Genus STHENELANELLA Moore Prostomium subglobular, resembling that in Sthenelais Kinberg, with a stout median antenna at the base of which are flaring ctenidia; eyes 4, black, disposed at the anterior face of the prostomium, and near the dorsal bases of the median ceratophore. Paired prostomial antennae inserted on the peristomial segment, as in Sthenelais. Elytra inserted as in Sthenelais. Notopodial setae numerous, long, slender, hair-like, with fine transverse serrations. Neuropodial setae of one kind, composite, with a smooth, or only slightly spinose, shaft and a smooth, slightly falcate appendage; the dorsalmost neuropodial setae have a propor- tionately longer, slenderer appendage than those more ventral. Only a single species, S. uniformis Moore (1910, p. 391), is known. Sthenelanella uniformis Moore Plate 18, Figs. 226-231 Sthenelanella uniformis Moore, 1910, pp. 391-395, pl. 33, figs. 105-112; Treadwell, 1914, p. 184. Collections.—213-34, 259-34, 876-38, 878-38, 895-38, 900-38. About 12 specimens. The first elytra are orbicular, with a short, close marginal fringe along the anterior edge (pl. 18, figs. 226, 227). More posterior elytra are subrectangular to rhomboidal (pl. 18, fig. 228) with entire margin. The first 8 to 10 pairs have irregular patches of rust-colored pigment, most conspicuous on their proximal halves (pl. 18, fig. 228). Parapodia are short, blunt, the neuropodial setae in trim, perpendicular fascicles, all of them resembling one another (pl. 18, figs. 229 to 231) except in a few of the anteriormost parapodia, but differing slightly in propor- tions; the appendages of the superiormost are longest (pl. 18, fig. 231). From the sixteenth segment, a long trailing fibrillar strand emerges 70 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 from the notopodium at the aciculum, and projects laterally in long streaming filaments, far beyond the parapodia. They recall the spin- ning glands of some of the Polyodontidae, and perhaps function in a similar manner. The original description was based on an incomplete male speci- men, taken with “yellow Doris,” and was therefore thought to be commensal (Moore, 1910, p. 395). The collections at hand, however, include some in tubes, much like those constructed by Panthalis pacifica Treadwell. An individual 26 mm long occupied a tube 65 mm long, by 4-8 mm wide, the walls soft, thick, felted, the lining smooth though not firm, the outer layers containing sand particles. Distribution California; Anacapa Island and Santa Barbara Is- land, California; Catalina Island ; Tangola-Tangola, Mexico; La Plata Island, Ecuador. Moore’s unique type came from an unknown locality. Treadwell reported it from San Pedro, California, in 19-38 fms. The available collections extend the known range far to the south (Ecuador). Subintertidal to 40 fms. Genus LEANIRA Kinberg Prostomium resembles that in Sthenelais (see above), with a stout median antenna inserted on a basal ceratophore with flaring ctenidia. Elytra more or less completely covering the dorsum, with or without marginal fringe. Notopodial setae slender, serrulate, distally pointed. Some neuropodial setae are composite, the appendage tapering to a fine, entire point, with or without transverse canaliculations. Differs from Sthenelais Kinberg in having pointed composite setae instead of bifid setae. Leanira fimbriarum, new species Plate 18, Figs. 217-225 Collections —216-34, 436-35, 640-37, 667-37 (Holotype), 880-38. About 11 specimens. Length of 33 anterior segments (667-37) is 24 mm; another larger individual, from 880-38, is 30 mm for 42 segments. General appearance pale, smooth; the elytra leave uncovered a narrow stripe from about the seventh to twentieth segment, and most of the parapodia. NO. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 71 Prostomium pale, broadly oval, with 4 eyes on the anterior half, the anterior pair at the frontal margin, concealed from the dorsum by the broadly expanded antennal ctenidia, the posterior pair smaller, near the dorsal antennal base (pl. 18, fig. 218). Elytra translucent, smooth save for numerous minute punctations, distinguishable only under high mag- nification. The first pair is subrectangular, with fringe along the exposed margin (pl. 18, fig. 219), the hilum excentric; others are excavate at their anterior margins, the fringe limited to an outer, ectal portion, and consisting of widely spaced, simple filaments (pl. 18, fig. 224). Branchial cirri are present from the seventh segment, first as minute papillae on the elytrophore, becoming gradually longer, and, from about the eighteenth segment where best developed, they do not extend distally to the notoacicular lobe. Parapodia have 3 widely separated ctenidia, the middle one the largest. The first parapodium is uniacicular, has a long, tapering dorsal cirrus that extends distally beyond the setae, a ventral cirrus less than half as long, and a smaller, clavate cirrus (transposed prostomial an- tenna) about two thirds as long as the ventral cirrus inserted antero- dorsally to the dorsal cirrus. The proportions and parts are much as those described in the species of Sthenelais (see above). Its setae are all of one kind, numerous, long, capillary with fine serrations, the sub- acicular only about half as long as the supraacicular. From the second, the parapodia are biacicular, each ramus termi- nating in numerous digitate lobes (pl. 18, fig. 225). In the second parapodium the notopodium is reduced in size, far surpassed by the neuropodium. Its ventral cirrus is long, slender, extending distally be- yond the neuropodium, and nearly as long as the dorsal cirrus of the first segment. The neuropodial setae include (1) one or two superior composite setae, with long spinose shaft, a tapering appendage about as long as the spinose region of the shaft, and (2) numerous larger com- posite setae with smooth or only slightly spinose shaft and long, taper- ing, pointed appendage, with no trace of articles or canaliculae. From the fourth segment, the superiormost neuropodial setae are simple, spinose (pl. 18, fig. 221); the median and inferior setae are all composite and resemble one another except for greater thickness in the median portion of the fascicle. The appendage is long, tapering to a fine point, clear, without canaliculae (pl. 18, fig. 222). The shaft is smooth or only slightly spinose (pl. 18, fig. 222). An inferiormost fascicle of smaller, similar setae emerges ventral to the parapodial 12 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoL. 7 fringe. Setae and acicula are pale yellow. Notopodial setae are of two kinds, (1) numerous, fine, bipectinate setae in the upper and median parts of the fascicle (pl. 18, fig. 220), and (2) inferior, simple capillary setae (pl. 18, fig. 223), as also intergradations of these two kinds. Parapodia have numerous fimbriae, bordering the setal fascicles on the anterior and dorsal faces of the podal rami. These are most con- spicuous on the first 15 segments. More posteriorly they diminish in size and number and by the twenty-fifth parapodium are much reduced. A few, however, at the anterodorsal edge of the notopodium and the dorsal edge of the neuropodium are present throughout (pl. 18, fig. 217). A conspicuous feature is the presence of 2 lobes at the ectal margin of the notopodium. Leanira fimbriarum differs from typical representatives of this genus in that its inferior neuropodial setae are not canaliculate. The pro- stomium has well-marked eyes, and the elytra are fimbriated. Holotype—AHF no. 13. Distribution.—Escondido Bay, Gulf of California, Mexico (Holo- type); Pifias Bay, Panama; Cape of San Francisco, Ecuador; Santa Rosa Island, California. Shore to 60 fms. Genus PSPAMMOLYCE Kinberg Body elongate, consisting of numerous segments. Prostomium sub- circular or oval, widest posteriorly ; without eyes or with 4 eyes on the anterior half. A median antenna inserted on a stout ceratophore with- out ctenidia. The paired prostomial antennae inserted on the peristomial segment. Parapodia subbiramous, the notopodium short, with only fine, hair-like, serrated setae; the neuropodium stout, with composite setae, the shaft smooth or spinose, the appendage usually falcate distally, the tip entire or bifid. Elytra encrusted with sand particles, the margin fimbriated, and produced in lobes at the median, and sometimes also posterior, margins. Psammolyce spinosa, new species Plate 19, Figs. 232-243 Collections—140-34, 780-38 (Holotype). Length of 73 anterior segments is 55 mm; a posterior end is lack- ing. Width across elytra is 5 mm, including setae 7 mm. The dorsum is encrusted with sand particles, over the proximal portions of the elytra No. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS is and the broadly exposed dorsum. The ventrum is marked with a deep, median neural groove, and is almost uniformly covered with filiform papillae, producing a furry appearance. The papillae are continued laterally over the surface of the parapodia, but are for the most part shorter and smaller. The prostomium is largely concealed by the stout median cerato- phore and the peristomial segment. It is narrowest anteriorly (pl. 19, fig. 238). The 4 eyes are black, the anterior pair large, approximately circular, directed anteroventrally, their edge visible in dorsal view of the prostomium. Posterior eyes are much smaller, nearly circular, in- serted on the prostomial lobe in line with, but away from, the lateral bases of the median antenna. Median antennal base is large, bulbous, projecting anteroventrally, provided with a slender, tapering antenna that extends distally about as far as the setae of the first segment (pl. ig, Hie. 230). Elytra are imbricated, but do not nearly overlap medially, and leave uncovered the parapodia. They are broad, somewhat triangular anteri- orly (pl. 19, fig. 243) and gradually become subquadrate posteriorly (pl. 19, fig. 240). None are incised. The marginal fringe is close, long, where present, but absent along the anterior margin where the elytrum is overlapped by the preceding one. It extends distally not nearly as far as the notopodial setae. In addition, there are knob-like lobes at the inner and posterior margins, from which small capitate papillae arise (pl. 19, fig. 243). The dorsal surface of the elytra is overlain with many long papillae, similar to those at the margin, but mostly shorter. Parapodia are subbiramous, the notopodium short, blunt, rising from the dorsal face of the neuropodium (pl. 19, fig. 239) and pro- vided with a large, spreading fascicle of many (200 or more) very fine, hair-like, serrated setae that extend upward, laterally and ventrally, more or less concealing the other parapodial structures. The noto- aciculum projects slightly from its lobe, but is not visible unless the notopodial setae are lifted away. The neuropodium is a stout lobe, covered over with elongate pa- pillae, from which the stout aciculum projects a short distance. It is provided with stout, amber-colored, composite setae. The superiormost setae have a long, spinose shaft (pl. 19, figs. 234, 235) (for which the species is named), and long falcate appendage, usually without, but sometimes with, a small accessory tooth. Median neuropodial setae are about as heavy as, or heavier than, the dorsalmost. The shaft is nearly 74 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 smooth (pl. 19, figs. 236, 237, 241), the appendage shorter, falcate, and the tip entire or bifid. Inferior neuropodial setae are much finer, paler yellow, with much longer appendage and tip entire or nearly so (pl. 19, figs. 232, 233). The neuropodial setae in the first few segments include some with a serrulated shaft and long, bifid appendage (pl. 19, fig. 242). Ventral cirri are long, tapering, extending distally about as far as the neuroacicular lobe (pl. 19, fig. 239). Psammolyce spinosa approaches P. farquharensis Potts (1910, p. 347) from the Indian Ocean, in that the elytra are not incised, their margins fimbriated and provided with lobes. It differs from the latter, however, in that the superiormost neuropodial setae have a distinctly spinose shaft, and the median composite setae are somewhat spinose. In so far as I am aware, no species of the genus Psammolyce Kinberg has been described from the eastern Pacific. It is therefore of great interest that these collections should include 4 species, all of which appear to be new to science (see below). Holotype—AHF no. 14. Distribution —Chatham Bay, Cocos Island (Holotype); Clarion Isle, Mexico. In coral; in white sand, 40 to 46 fms. Psammolyce fimbriata, new species Plate 20, Figs. 244-254 Collections.—250-34, 283-34, 745-37 (Holotype). 3 specimens. Length of 88 anterior setigerous segments is 43 mm. The dorsum is broadly exposed between the inner margins of the elytra, but heavily covered with sand particles, as also most of the surface of the elytra. The ventrum is pilose, overlain with many short hairs, the region im- mediately posterior to the mouth, on the ventral side, with numerous long hairs, forming a V-shaped area that extends posteriorly at least to the fourteenth segment. From the twentieth or twenty-fifth segment there are longer, filiform papillae, in more or less regular, transverse series inserted in the intersegmental furrows; these become increasingly numerous more posteriorly, appearing fur-like. The prostomium is ovoid, narrowest anteriorly, largely concealed by the median ceratophore and peristomial structures. Eyes 4 pairs, a larger ventral pair at the frontal margin and a smaller, elongate, pos- NO. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 75 terior pair near the base of the ceratophore (pl. 20, fig. 245). The median antenna is conspicuous, its ceratophore curved downward, the style long, slender (pl. 20, fig. 244). The everted proboscis (745-37) terminates in 11 dorsal and 11 ventral, soft papillae. Jaws are amber colored, with 2 large dorsal and 2 ventral fangs, but without lateral accessory teeth. The elytra are visible only after removing the sandy covering. They have long, club-shaped processes along their inner and posterior margins (pl. 20, fig. 252), which project slightly above the sand particles. The surface extends laterally to conceal the parapodia and most of the setae (thus contrasting with the condition in P. spinosa). The long, lateral fringe extends laterally nearly as far as the neuropodial setae. ‘Che dorsal surface is overlain with papillae to which foreign particles ad- here. The elytrophoral scar is elongate, near the inner side, and there is no incision (pl. 20, fig. 252). Parapodia are much as in P. spinosa, the notopodium is short, papillar, with numerous fine, hair-like, serrated notopodial setae (pl. 20, fig. 248). These fascicles are notably smaller and less conspicuous (pl. 20, fig. 251) than in P. spinosa. ‘The neuropodia are proportionately shorter, and less papillated except on the ventral surface where the papillae are long, filiform. Neuropodia include stouter, superior (pl. 20, fig. 254) and median setae (pl. 20, fig. 253), and finer, slenderer in- ferior setae (pl. 20, fig. 247). The superior setae have a somewhat spinose shaft and an appendage that is slightly falcate, its length less than three times its greatest width (pl. 20, fig. 254). The median setae are similar to the superior, but the shaft is almost smooth and the ap- pendage is about as broad as long or only slightly longer (pl. 20, fig. 253). The inferior setae have a long, slender appendage with entire (pl. 20, fig. 247) or bifid tip. The first few parapodia (posterior to the first) have composite neuropodial setae in which the shaft is strongly serrated, the appendage long, slender, with entire tip (pl. 20, figs. 246, 250), or bifid tip (pl. 20, fig. 249). P. fimbriata differs from P. spinosa in that the parapodia are pro- portionately shorter, the shafts of the superior neuropodial setae are almost smooth, the prostomial structures differ (see figures above). Holotype—AHF no. 15. Distribution.—Isabel Island, Sinaloa, Mexico (Holotype) ; Thurloe Bay, Gulf of California; Secas Islands, Panama. In 8 to 25 fms. 76 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 Psammolyce myops, new species Plate 21, Figs. 255-264 Collection.—639-37. One specimen. Length about 45 mm; number of segments 110 or over. A single specimen in 2 pieces, includes anterior and posterior ends but is some- what macerated; the last few segments are short, crowded, and termi- nate in a pair of cirriform anal cirri that are about 3 times as long as the anal ring is wide. Surface is pale, encrusted with white sand and shell particles. Dorsum broadly exposed by the elytra but covered over with sand particles, as are also the median halves of the elytra. Prostomium with median, club-shaped, humped, ceratophore (pl. 21, fig. 261) and slender style. Eyes 4, the larger, ventral pair elon- gate, rectangular, in an anterior-posterior direction. Dorsal eyes much smaller, elongate, on the side of the base of the median ceratophore (pl. 2, figs 260). Elytra much as in P. fimbriata (see above), the lobes ornamented with numerous soft papillae, the margins and surface with elongate fringes (pl. 21, fig. 255). Parapodia with short, papillar notopodia, and robust, truncate neuropodia, the neuroacicular lobe only slightly (pl. 21, fig. 259) or not at all projecting beyond the main body of the lobe except in a few anterior parapodia (pl. 21, fig. 259). Notopodial setae are fine, numer- ous, and extend distally almost as far as the neuropodial setae. The neuropodia have stouter superior and median setae, and finer, slenderer, inferior setae. Ihe superiormost setae are mostly entire distally but a few are bifid; the median setae have a shorter, stouter appendage than the dorsalmost, and the tip is entire (pl. 21, fig. 262) or bifid (pl. 21, fig. 263). The inferior setae are slenderer and the appendage longer (pl. 21, fig. 264). The first few segments, posterior to the first, include neuropodial setae with entire (pl. 21, fig. 258) or bifid (pl. 21, fig. 257) tips, and the shaft is more or less strongly serrated. This unique specimen resembles P. fimbriata (see above) but differs in that (1) the neuropodia are more distinctly truncate, (2) the an- terior eyes are narrow, elongate in a dorsoventral direction, the pos- terior eyes are smaller patches on the antennal base (pl. 21, fig. 261), (3) the composite neuropodial setae have shafts which are smooth save in the first few segments. The appendages are proportionately shorter and stouter than are those in P. fimbriata. Holotype—AHF no. 16. Distribution —FEspiritu Santo Island, Gulf of California. 3-5 fms. No. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS Th Psammolyce antipoda (Schmarda) anoculata, new subspecies Plate 22, Figs. 268-272 Pelogenia antipoda Schmarda, 1861, p. 160. Psammolyce antipoda Augener, 1913, pp. 96-97; Fauvel, 1917, pp. 186- 189, fig. 10, pl. 4, figs. 12, 13; Monro, 1924, p. 47; Augener, 1927, p. 340. Collection 465-35. One specimen. Length of about 200 segments is 90 mm; nearly complete, a small posterior portion missing. Body dark purplish brown. The dorsum is almost solidly covered with sand particles, the ventrum is pilose, covered with filiform papillae that are longest at the sides around the parapodial bases. The prostomium is pale, more or less translucent, to be seen only by lifting away the first elytra and the peristomial ring. Its dorsal margin, at the base of the stout ceratophore, is fused to the peristomial ring (pl. 22, fig. 268), and its lateral and ventral parts are somewhat telescoped in the first segment. No eye spots can be distinguished on any part of the prostomium or ceratophore. The elytra are triangular (pl. 22, fig. 270) to subquadrate (pl. 22, fig. 269), heavily fimbriated at their exposed parts, and with a single, elongate lobe on the inner ectal margin. The dorsal surface is papillated. The notopodial fascicle is full, thick, much as in P. spinosa, the numerous fine, hair-like setae project laterally far beyond the neuro- podial setae. he neuropodium is distally truncate, slightly oblique. ‘The superior and median neuropodial setae are much heavier than the in- ferior setae. Their shafts have several transverse rows of weak serra- tions or are quite smooth, the appendages are falcate, distally entire (pl. 22, fig. 272) or bifid. Inferiormost setae have a much longer ap- pendage. Setae of the second segment include some with a spinose shaft, and a long appendage with (pl. 22, fig. 271) or without bifid tip. In its parapodial and elytral structures, this specimen agrees with the accounts of P. antipoda (Schmarda). It differs, however, in that its prostomium is without eyes. Holotype—AHF no. 17. Distribution.—Playa Blanca, Costa Rica. Shore. 78 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoL. 7 Family Pareulepidae, new name PAREULEPIDAE is proposed to replace the family name, EULEPETHIDAE Chamberlin, because the type genus of the family must be changed to Pareulepis Darboux (see below, under generic de- scription). Only a single genus, Pareulepis, is known. Genus PAREULEPIS Darboux Eulepis Grube, 1875, p. 71 (not Dalman or Fitzenger. See Chamberlin, 1919, p. 89). Pareulepis Darboux, 1899, p. 116. Eulepethus Chamberlin, 1919a, p. 89. Body short, depressed, consisting of few segments (about 36 to 40). Prostomium with 3 antennae and a pair of palpi. Elytra present to seg- ment 23, disposed as in the SIGALIONIDAE on anterior segments; posterior segments with modified cirri, present on all segments. Setae simple, the notopodia with some slender capillaries, and some stout, curved setae, their distal ends bent sharply at an angle to the main stem (pl. 23, fig. 283). Neuropodial setae include a few smaller, superior pec- tinated setae (pl. 23, fig. 288) and a deep fascicle of nearly straight setae. Neuropodial acicula have a flattened chitinous piece at their distal ends, embedded in the fleshy part of the lobe (pl. 23, fig. 280). Eulepis Grube was erected for the species, E. hamifera (1878b, p. 71) from the Philippines. Eulepis, however, has been shown to be pre- occupied by Dalman and Fitzenger (see Chamberlin, 1919a, p. 89). Pareulepis Darboux (1899, p. 116) was erected for Eulepis wyvillei McIntosh (1885, p. 131), and separated from Eulepis Grube on the as- sumption that E. wywillei lacked a segment between the first and sec- ond elytral-bearing segments, that is, that elytra are inserted on seg- ments 2, 3, 4... There is a tendency for segments 3 and 4 to be more or less fused dorsally (Fauvel, 1919, p. 337) which explains why seg- ments 3 and 4 might have been confounded in the description of £. wyvillet McIntosh (1885, p. 131). “McIntosh hat sich offenbar geirrt, was aus den schwierig zu untersuchenden Verhaltnissen der vordersten Segmente erklarbar ist” (Augener, 1918, p. 156). Eulepethus Cham- berlin was not proposed until much later (1919a, p. 89). Eulepis wyvillet McIntosh, from Bermuda, and E. splendida Tread- well (1902, p. 189) from Puerto Rico, have been considered identical NO. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 79 (Augener, 1918, p. 155). This conclusion appears justifiable in view of the similarities in the descriptions of the 2 species, even though EF. wyvillei was said to have about 15 pairs of elytra and E. splendida 12 pairs. According to McIntosh’s figure of E. wyvillei (1885, pl. 20, fig. 2) there were 13 pairs of elytra. Pareulepis fimbriata (Treadwell), new combination Plate 23, Figs. 280-288 Eulepis fimbriata Treadwell, 1902, pp. 190-191, figs. 23, 24; Augener, 1918, pp. 153-155, pl. 3, figs. 39-41, fig. 10. Eulepis geayi Fauvel, 1918, pp. 503-504, fig. 1; 1919, pp. 335-339, pl. 15, figs. 17-21, pl. 17, figs. 76-79; Pruvot, 1930, pp. 17-19, pl. 2, figs. 51-613 Day, 1934, p. 25. Collections —216-34, 770-38, Mission Bay, southern California (author’s collection). Number of setigerous segments to 39; length to 40 mm. Elytra 12 pairs, covering the dorsum medially, but leaving the last 7 or 8 seg- ments uncovered. The elytra are white, smooth or slightly wrinkled. In a specimen from Ecuador the first elytrum is suborbicular, with entire margin; in one from Guatemala the anterior margin has 3 to 5 marginal papillae. The second elytrum is reniform in outline, the outer half longer than the inner and with about 5 marginal papillae. Varia- tion in the margins of elytra is observable in comparing specimens from different areas. An eighth elytrum from individuals from Ecuader, Guatemala, and California is indicated in plate 23, figures 287, 281, and 288, respectively. The last, or twelfth pair, is elongate, with a limited marginal fringe (pl. 23, fig. 285). Dorsal cirri on setigerous segments 3 to 6 are small, conical en- largements just posterior to the dorsal edge of the notopodial fascicle. Ventral cirri of the first setigerous segment are larger than others. They are clavate with an attenuate tip, and extend distally to the end of the parapodia on which they are attached. More posteriorly they are much smaller, though similar in form to the first (pl. 23, figs. 280, 282). Setal structures are about as shown by Fauvel for E. geayi (1919, pl. 17), but the pectinate setae have a longer smooth tip (pl. 23, fig. 288). Many of the coarse notopodial setae have a slender, attenuate tip (pl. 23, fig. 283). Some of the notoacicula are recurved (pl. 23, fig. 284). 80 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 The anal cirrus is a very long, slender filament on a short basal stalk, its total length exceeding that of the length of the body. The basal stalk is inserted on the right side, but the cirrus is directed medially. The homologous basal structure on the left side is a small globular stalk without a filament. The variations observable in the descriptions, as E. geayi Fauvel, of specimens from widely scattered areas (West Africa by Augener, Madagascar by Fauvel, New Caledonia by Pruvot) are of approximate magnitudes as are those to be seen in the collections from the western coasts of the Americas. The description of E. geayi agrees reasonably well with that of E. fimbriata (Augener, 1918, p. 153) and with the collections available for study. The name, E. fimbriata, has priority. This is the first record of this genus from the eastern Pacific and, so far as I am aware, from the northern Pacific. The author has col- lected several specimens from low littoral areas near the mouth of Mission Bay, southern California, in a substratum of muddy sand. The burrows were 10 inches or more below the surface. No tube was present, and no commensalism or association with other organisms could be de- tected. The sand flat harbors an Arenicola, and a species of Poecilo- chaetus, representative of another family which has not heretofore been recorded from the northeast Pacific. In life uniform white, glistening, smooth, contrasting with the dark muddy sand it inhabits. Distribution—West Indies; Madagascar; New Caledonia; Ecua- dor ; Guatemala; Mission Bay, southern California. Intertidal to 20 fms. Family Polyodontidae Only 2 genera, Polyodontes Renier (—Acoétes Audouin and M. Edwards) and Panthalis Kinberg, are represented in the collections of the Hancock Expeditions. These two genera are so nearly related that it has sometimes been doubtful whether a species should be relegated to one or the other of them. ‘Thus, for example, Panthalis melanonotus Grube has been regarded as a Panthalis (Fauvel, 1919, p. 339) and later transferred to Polyodontes (Monro, 1931, p. 8; Fauvel, 1932, p. 37). P. melanonotus is provided with penicillate setae (as in Panthalis) and some of its parapodia are provided, though sparsely, with branchial lobes (as in Polyodontes). NO. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 81 More complete studies of the species in these genera, based on entire individuals, will perhaps disclose more obvious differences than have been found thus far. The differences as now set forth do not clearly warrant the retention of both generic names, though the separation is a convenient one. Unfortunately, many of the species are known only in- completely, often because of fragmentary materials. Many of the de- scriptions are based on anterior ends. Hence, the portion which might have had branchiae could not have been examined. Moreover, the pres- ence or absence of branchial lobes, which has been used as a diagnostic character in separating these two genera, is sometimes subject to acci- dents and changes due to fixing and preservation. Because of these diffi- culties, the presence or absence of branchial structures has herein been ignored in separating the 2 genera, and the presence or absence of true penicillate setae is used. The only setae that have been found to differ sufficiently to make them of diagnostic value are the superior neuropodial setae, in the seg- ments posterior to the first 2 to 5 segments. These setae are either peni- cillate (with a bushy top), or elongate hastate, with smooth tip and sides, or somewhat hirsute. The penicillate setae sometimes have the tuft of hairs continued more or less down one side, their tips drawn out in a point (P. melanonotus Grube). The hastate setae may have the hir- sute condition continued to the tip (as in P. panamensis Chamberlin). A transition from the penicillate seta to the hastate seta is thus demon- strable. Most of the species that have been described thus far, however, are not intermediate in this respect, but have setae either of the peni- cillate type or the hastate type. Though artificial, this means of separa- tion is convenient for most species concerned. The following definitions and classification for these 2 genera are therefore proposed. Key to the Genera, Polyodontes Renier and Panthalis Kinberg Superior neuropodial setae are elongate hastate, the tip smooth or more or less hirsute |). 2) sl) sb OS OPOLYODONTES Superior neuropodial setae are penicillate . . . . PANTHALIS Genus POLYODONTES Renier, char. emend. Prostomium with 3 antennae, a pair of anteriorly directed ommato- phores each bearing a conspicuous lenticular eye, and usually a pair of sessile eyes on the prostomium proper. Neuropodia provided with (1) 82 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 superior, straight, elongate, hastate setae, more or less hirsute (desig- nated pseudo-penicillatae by Horst, 1917, p. 133) but no penicillate setae such as are present in Panthalis (see below), (2) median, stout, acicular spine-like setae with (pl. 24, fig. 292) or without a distal arista, and (3) inferior, curved, sickle-like, serrulate setae (pl. 24, fig. 298). Some anterior parapodia, including the first, usually have some slender capillary setae. Branchiae, in the form of digitate parapodial lobulae, are present or absent. The genus Polyodontes Renier includes the following described species : 1. Panthalis adumbrata Hoagland (1920, p. 606, pl. 46, figs. 9-14) from the Philippine Islands. Panthalis helleri Holly (1934, pp. 148-149, figs. 1, 2) from the Philippine Islands is probably identical with P. adumbrata. 2. Polyodontes atro-marginatus Horst (1917, pp. 133-134, pl. 29, figs. 5-7) from the Indo-Pacific. 3. Eupompe australiensis McIntosh (1885, pp. 135-139, pl. 21, figs. 4, 5, pl. 23, fig. 8, pl. 24, fig. 4) from Australia. 4. Panthalis panamensis Chamberlin (1919a, pp. 86-89, pl. 11, figs. 4-8, pl. 12, figs. 1-6) from Panama. 5. Polyodontes maxillosus Ranzani (see Fauvel, 1923, pp. 97-98, fig. 37) from southern Europe. 6. Panthalis oculea Treadwell (1902, pp. 188-189, figs. 14-18) from the West Indies. 7. Polyodontes sibogae Horst (1917, pp. 131-132, pl. 28, figs. 4-10) from New Guinea. According to Fauvel (1932, p. 37) this is identical with Polyodontes melanonotus (Grube). The nature of the superiormost neuropodial setae of the following species is not known. Eupompe aurorea Grube (1876, p. 71) from unknown locality. Polyodontes gulo Grube (1876, p. 72) from the Red Sea. Eupompe indica Beddard (1889, pp. 256-258) from the Mergui Archi- pelago. Polyodontes tidemani Pflugfelder (1932, pp. 286-288, figs. 6-7) from the Indo-Pacific. The following species, that have been described as Polyodontes, are transferred to other genera, as indicated: No. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 83 Polyodontes gracilis Pflugfelder (1932, pp. 288-290, fig. 8) from Sumatra, to Panthalis. Acoétes magnifica Treadwell (1929, pp. 1-4, figs. 1-7) from the West Indies has penicillate setae. Fauvel (1932, p. 37) considered this identical with Polyodontes melanonotus (Grube). It ap- pears, however, in view of the differences in the setae, that this view is not tenable. 4. magnifica does agree reasonably well with the description of Panthalis pustulata ‘Treadwell (1924, pp. 7-9, figs. 10-15) from the West Indies. Polyodontes mortenseni Monro (1928a, pp. 569-572, figs. 19-24) from Panama has penicillate setae, hence a Panthalis. The collections of the Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions include 3 species of Polyodontes as described below. Polyodontes oculea (Treadwell) Plate 24, Figs. 294-299 Panthalis oculea Treadwell, 1902, pp. 188-189, figs. 14-18. Polyodontes oculea Monro, 1928a, pp. 572-575, figs. 25-30. Collections —216-34, 502-36. Three anterior fragments. The first parapodium (segment 2) is elongated (pl. 24, fig. 294) considerably more than found by Monro (1928a, fig. 26) but lacks the contraction wrinkles indicated by the latter. The second parapodium is notably shorter, resembling those more posteriorly (pl. 24, fig. 296). Median neuropodia are truncate, deepest distally (pl. 24, fig. 295). The superior neuropodial setae are slender, tapering, slightly thick- ened (pl. 24, fig. 299) where they emerge from the parapodial lobe, the serrations obscure. Median neuropodial setae have a long, slender appendage (pl. 24, fig. 297). Inferiormost setae are only weakly sickle- shaped, the point long, the serrations more or less distinct (pl. 24, fig. 298). Elytra are entire, the surface smooth, without hooks or spines, trans- lucent, with a narrow black border where they are left uncovered by the preceding elytrum. At the anteroectal edge the margin is recurved dorsally to form a pouch. From the fourth segment, the anterior face of the parapodium has a few, short, branchial lobes. The base of the median antenna arises near the posterior margin of the prostomium and its surface is covered with minute papillae as shown by Monro (1928a, fig. 25). Because of these characteristics, the identity 84 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 of P. oculea with P. melanonotus (Grube) suggested by Fauvel (1932, p. 37) seems unlikely. Distribution—West Indies; Panama; Lower California; Mexico. Subintertidal to 20 fms. Polyodontes panamensis (Chamberlin) Plate 24, Figs. 289-292 Panthalis panamensis Chamberlin, 1919a, pp. 86-89, pl. 11, figs. 4-8, pl. 12, figs. 1-6. Collection.—198-34. One specimen. A single, anterior fragment consists of 36 segments. The prostomium and first segment had withdrawn into the oral area and could be observed only by laying open the proboscidial region. The prostomial parts and its appendages are arranged about as shown by Chamberlin (1919a, p. 86) but the ommatophores are more conspicuous, the large black eyes occupying at least the distal two thirds of the stalk. The first parapodium is larger than the one following, and its ventral cirrus (pl. 24, fig. 290) both thicker and longer than those following (pl. 24, fig. 289). Elytra are circular to transversely elongated (pl. 24, fig. 291), the point of attachment near the external margin. They are translucent, smooth, with entire margin, the texture finely and uniformly reticulated. No parapodial branchiae have been observed. Setae include a superior fascicle of numerous, long, slender spinose pointed setae, a median fascicle with 6 to 8 heavy, aristate setae (pl. 24, fig. 292), and a ventral fascicle of about 10 serrulated setae (pl. 24, fig. 293). This species is transferred to the genus Polyodontes because it lacks true penicillate setae and has, instead, long, pointed, superior neuro- podial setae. Distribution —Panama; Galapagos. Shore to 89 fms. Polyodontes frons, new species Plate 25, Figs. 300-308 Collection —443-35 (Holotype). One specimen. A single, more or less complete individual consists of prostomium and 37 setigerous segments, and a few regenerating segments at the pos- terior end. It is pale except for black eyes and dusky crescents on the elytra. The dorsum is broadly exposed through about the first 20 seg- ments, where the body is broadest. No. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 85 The everted proboscis is pale, proximally smooth, and terminates dorsally in a long, tapering median papilla and 6 shorter papillae on each side. The ventral side is similar but the median papilla is smaller. Jaw pieces are amber colored, the 4 main fangs with darker tips; the lat- eral elongations have 5 teeth on each piece, but the lower left has 6 teeth. The prostomium is pale, approximately trapezoidal, widest pos- teriorly. The ommatophores are elongate, inserted near the anterior margin of the prostomium and projecting anteriorly almost as far as the style of the median antenna (pl. 25, fig. 300). The median an- tenna has a long, basal stalk that extends posteriorly nearly to the pos- terior margin of the prostomium, its article is tapering and extends slightly beyond the lateral antennae and the ommatophores (pl. 25, fig. 300). The paired prostomial antennae are smaller than the median and inserted ventral to the ommatophores, and continuous with the pro- stomial lobes. They are only slightly visible when the prostomium is viewed from the dorsum. Palpi are pale, long, tapering, 5 or 6 times as long as the prostomium is wide. The peristomium or first segment is directed anteriorly at the sides of the prostomium. Its 2 pairs of cirri resemble the prostomial cirri, but they extend distally beyond them (pl. 25, fig. 300). The parapodia of the second segment (first parapodial segment) are directed laterally (pl. 25, fig. 302). They are notably longer than those of the next seg- ment (pl. 25, fig. 303) and have a ventral cirrus that is both longer and thicker. The first parapodium has a small dorsal fascicle of about 10 slender setae, and a larger, fan-shaped ventral fascicle of about 35 setae. The ventral setae are long, slender, tapering, smooth or nearly so, but some of the ventral ones have a slightly enlarged spiny area near the point where they emerge from the parapodial lobe. More posterior parapodia resemble one another more nearly in that the neuropodial lobe is shorter in proportion to its length. A typical parapodium, from the thirty-fifth segment (pl. 25, fig. 301), has a small papillar notopodium, provided with a slender, pale aciculum, and a few (6 to 10) slender capillary setae, visible only under higher magnification. The neuropodium has pale yellow setae of 3 kinds, (1) a superior fascicle of 15 to 20 pointed, tapering setae, obscurely pectinated at the widest part (pl. 25, fig. 307) with a long, slender stalk, (2) a median fascicle of 12 to 15 stout, acicular, aristate setae (pl. 25, fig. 308), and (3) an inferior fascicle of about 10, sickle- shaped, serrated setae (pl. 25, fig. 305, 306). 86 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 The elytra are smooth, translucent along the lateral margins. Sub- marginally there is a diffuse pigmented crescent, open anteriorly. There are no elytral spines or prickles, but the lateral margins are curved up- ward and have a depressed pouch external to the elytral scar (pl. 25, fig. 304). No papillar or lobular branchial structures could be discerned on the first 37 segments. The presence of pointed superior neuropodial setae and the absence of penicillate setae indicate its allocation to the genus Polyodontes as restricted above. Polyodontes frons approaches Polyodontes adumbrata (Hoagland) (1920, p. 606) from the Philippine Islands. It has greatly elongate ommatophores and similar parapodial parts. P. adumbrata, however, was said to lack capillary notopodial setae, and the elytra do not have lateral pouches such as characterize P. frons. P. maxillosus Ranzani (see Fauvel, 1923, p. 97) has elongate ommatophores and elytra with lateral pouches, but the prostomium is proportionately much shorter and lacks the median ridge; also, there are branchial lobes from about the thir- teenth segment. Distribution.—Pifias Bay, Panama. In 20 fms. Genus PANTHALIS Kinberg, char. emend. Like Polyodontes Renier, but differs in that the neuropodial setae consist of the following kinds: (1) superior penicillate setae with a bushy top, the penicillae in some limited almost entirely to the tip, in others carried somewhat subdistally, (2) median stout aristate setae, and (3) inferior, sickle-like, serrulate setae. Some anterior parapodia usually have slender capillary setae. Branchiae, in the form of digitate parapodial lobulae, are absent or present. The following species that have been described may be considered to be Panthalis as thus defined. 1. Panthalis bicolor Grube (1878b, p. 157) from Congo, Africa (see Augener, 1918, pp. 119-125). Monro (1928a, p. 572) considers this a likely synonym of P. melanonotus Grube. 2. Eupanthalis evanida Treadwell (1926, p. 186) from the Philip- pine Islands (see Hartman, 1938, p. 127). 3. Panthalis gracilis Kinberg (1910, p. 26) from Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. NO. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 87 4. Polyodontes gracilis Pflugfelder (1932, pp. 288-290) from Su- matra. Penicillate neuropodial setae were described but whether or not parapodial branchiae are present was not stated. The para- podia were said to be like those of P. tidemani Pflugfelder, which, in turn, was referred to Eupolyodontes sumatranus Pflugfelder (1932. p. 282)i. 5. Eupompe grubei Kinberg (1910, p. 24) from Guajaquil, western South America. 6. Panthalis jogasimae Izuka (1912, pp. 68-71) from Japan. Monro (1928a, p. 568) reported this from Gorgona Island. 7. Polyodontes mortenseni Monro (1928a, pp. 569-572) from Panama. 8. Panthalis melanonotus Grube (1876, p. 71) from the Philippine Islands (see also P. bicolor Grube, above). 9. Panthalis oerstedi Kinberg (1855, p. 387) from Sweden (see Fauvel, 1923, p. 98, for synonymy). 10. Panthalis pacifica Treadwell (1914, pp. 184-186) from southern California. 11. Panthalis pustulata Treadwell (1924, pp. 7-9) from the West Indies. This includes Acoétes magnifica Treadwell (1929, pp. 1-4) from the West Indies. The following species, that have been described as Panthalis, are perhaps to be considered as follows: P. adumbrata Hoagland (1920, p. 606) from the Philippines (see Polyodontes, page 82). P. helleri Holly (1934, pp. 148-149) from the Philippines, identical with P. adumbrata. P. edriophthalma Potts (1910, pp. 345-346) from the Indian Ocean, a Eupanthalis (see Fauvel, 1932, pp. 41-42). P. nigromaculata Grube (1878b, pp. 50-51) from the Philippines, a Eupanthalis (see Horst, 1917, pp. 134-135). P. oculea Treadwell (1902, pp. 188-189) from Puerto Rico, a Polyo- dontes (see Monro, 1928a, pp. 572-573). P. panamensis Chamberlin (1919a, pp. 86-89) from Panama (see Polyodontes, page 82). Panthalis pacifica Treadwell Plate 26, Figs. 309-312 Panthalis pacifica Treadwell, 1914, pp. 184-186, pl. 11, figs. 1-7. Collections.—?244-34, 492-36. Two anterior fragments. An anterior fragment of about 23 segments (492-36), with elytra more or less firmly attached, retains some pigment in the elytra. The 88 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 prostomium, with ommatophores, is not quite half again as long as wide. ‘The smaller sessile eyes are located near the lateral margins, the anterior eyes on short, thick stalks. The median antenna is inserted near the middle of the prostomium. There is a shallow median sulcus (pl. 26, fig. 309). Setae include superior penicillate (pl. 26, fig. 310), median aristate (pl. 26, fig. 311) characterized by their spinose tips, and inferior, scythe-like setae (pl. 26, fig. 312). There are about 7 penicillate setae in the twentieth parapodium, about 14 larger aristate setae and 5 simi- lar smaller ones. The inferior scythe-like setae are strongly spinose. Another specimen (244-34) is macerated, but agrees with P. pacifica in that the ommatophores are short, stout, the median antenna is in- serted in the same way, the setae are markedly spinose. Sessile eyes can- not be made out. There is, however, a diffuse dark spot in the area where they would be. Numerous specimens, in the author’s collection, from southern Cali- fornia, indicate that this is the most common species of Polyodontidae in the subintertidal zone, where the substratum is green or black mud. It constructs thick-walled, finely matted, mud masses or balls, from 1 to 6 or 8 inches long. Each mass is usually inhabited by a single indi- vidual, but two, lying end to end, have occasionally been seen. The outer color is that of the mud inhabited, the smooth lining is usually rust colored. ‘The tubes, though occurring in soft, oozing mud, are too toughly matted to be torn without disrupting the contents. Distribution Southern California (common) ; Point Tosca, Lower California, Mexico; ?Bahia Honda, Panama. Subintertidal to 50 fms. Panthalis marginata, new species Plate 26, Figs. 313-318 Collection.—770-38 (Holotype). One specimen, fragmentary. The palpi and tentacular cirri of the first (apodous) segment are transversely barred with black on the dorsal and lateral sides; the elytra are brown, with white margin. The first elytra are elongated in an- terior-posterior direction and have an elongated, subrectangular flap at their ectoposterior portion (pl. 26, fig. 313). This flap lies normally over the long ventral cirrus of the first, and all of the second, para- podium. No. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 89 The first parapodium (second segment) is enlarged, modified, pro- vided with a digitate notoacicular lobe and numerous slender, capillary notopodial setae, and a broad collar-like neuropodium (pl. 26, fig. 314) with a large fascicle of setae. The ventral cirrus is long, stout, taper- ing. The second parapodium is smaller and resembles those more pos- teriorly. It has a slender, dorsal digitate notoacicular lobe and a deep neuropodium broadest distally (pl. 26, fig. 315). Its setae resemble those in more posterior parapodia. A typical parapodium contains slender, capillary notopodial setae, and neuropodial setae as follows: (1) superior penicillate setae in which the tip is drawn out in a point (pl. 26, fig. 317), (2) stout, median aristate setae with an appendage (pl. 26, fig. 318), and (3) inferior, sickle-shaped, serrulate setae (pl. 26, fig. 316). The ventral cirrus is stout, tapering, and does not extend distally so far as the neuropodial setae. No branchiae have been observed. P. marginata resembles Polyodontes gracilis Pflugfelder (1932, p. 288) from Sumatra (see also page 87) in its penicillate setae and in having brown elytra. P. gracilis, however, was said to have parapodia like those of Eupolyodontes sumatranus Pflugfelder, presumably there- fore with digitate branchiae. The single incomplete fragment available for study does not permit a complete description. Holotype-—AHF no. 19. Distribution —Off San Jose Light, Guatemala. In 7 to 11 fms. Family Pisionidae Levinsen, revised Elongate, subcylindrical, consisting of numerous similar segments. The proboscis cylindrical, protrusile, provided distally with terminal papillae and with 4 chitinous jaw pieces. Prostomium more or less re- duced, depressed, produced dorsally between the first few segments; without attached antennae, or with a median cirriform one at its an- terior margin. Eye spots 1 or 2 pairs, those of a side sometimes more or less coalesced. First segment (buccal) greatly elongated and modi- fied so as to project forward at sides and in front of the prostomium, provided with 3 pairs of appendages (cirri), with or without acicula. Parapodia subbiramous, the notopodium represented only by an aciculum, the neuropodium with an elongated ramus with simple, acicular setae and composite falcigerous hooks. 90 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 The PISIONIDAE constitute a small, little known family, known through only a few records. Their affinities are possibly with the HESIONIDAE on the one hand, and with the scale-bearing chaeto- pods, or more nearly the SIGALIONIDAE, on the other. The pro- boscis is clearly of the scale-worm type. The paired prostomial an- tennae are inserted on the peristomial segment, as in some of the SIGALIONIDAE. In the new genus, Pisionella, there is a well de- veloped median antenna. Notopodia are inconspicuous, but the neuro- podia are stout and well provided with setae. Two genera, Pisione Oersted and Praegeria Southern, have been attributed to this family. The type of Praegeria, P. remota Southern, sufficiently resembles the type of Pisione, P. oerstedi Grube, that the re- tention of the genus Praegeria is unnecessary. P. oerstedi Grube and P. remota (Southern) differ from one another in the details of their para- podial and setal structures. More recently, Augener (1924, p. 300) described a Pisione, P. ger- manica, from the North Sea, which agrees with the description of Praegeria remota Southern, from Ireland. Pisione contracta Ehlers (1901, p. 64) from Callao, Peru, has been shown to be the same as P. oerstedi Grube (Augener, 1924, p. 298). In conclusion, therefore, 2 valid species are known to occur, Pisione oerstedi Grube, from Peru, Ceylon, and New Zealand (Augener, 1924, p. 298; 1926, p. 445) and Pisione remota (Southern) from Ireland and the North Sea. The Hancock collections include another species, Pisionella hancocki (described below), clearly of this family, but differing sufficiently in its structure to warrant the erection of a new genus. In several of its char- acters it is more primitive than are the species of the genus Pisione. The prostomial lobe is less reduced, its antennae are cirriform and little modified. Genus PISIONE Grube, Ehlers Pisione Ehlers, 1901, p. 60. Praegeria Southern, 1914, pp. 63-64; Augener, 1926, p. 445. Prostomium produced dorsally between the first few segments, with- out attached antennae or other appendages, but with 2 pairs of eye spots in which the 2 of a side may be more or less coalesced. Proboscis with 7 pairs of terminal papillae and 2 pairs of stout, chitinous jaws. No. l HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 91 First segment modified, provided with a pair of stout acicula and 3 appendages, a small papillar cirrus on its median side (the transposed prostomial antenna) and 2 cirriform, peristomial tentacles laterally. Parapodia subbiramous, the notopodium represented only by a dor- sal cirrus and an aciculum. Neuropodia well developed, provided with stout, simple setae and composite falcigerous setae. Anal cirri 2, long, cirriform. Pisione oerstedi Grube Plate 27, Figs. 321-325 Pisione oerstedi Grube, 1856, p. 175; Ehlers, 1901, p. 61; Augener, 1924, p. 298; 1926, p. 445. Pisione contracta Ehlers, 1901, p. 64. Collection —375-35. About 30 specimens. Length 20 to 48 mm; number of segments 125 to 160. Proboscis, everted in some, with 7 dorsal and 7 ventral terminal papillae (pl. 27, fig. 321) and 2 pairs of stout, curved jaws. The third segment (second setigerous) has a stout cirrophore with an elongate dorsal cirrus (pl. 27, fig. 322). Its simple setae resemble those in more posterior segments. The embedded acicula are either straight, rodlike, or distally curved (pl. 27, fig. 325). Some acicular setae occur singly in a parapodium, or sometimes in twos (pl. 27, fig. 324). Inferior to them are about 6 composite, falcigerous setae (pl. 27, fig. 323). Distribution—Peru; Chile. Intertidal. In addition, Augener, who had access to Ehlers’ types at the Hamburg Museum, recorded it from New Zealand and Ceylon. The former is based on a single complete specimen, only 2 mm long. This is conspicuously less than the length typical for the Peruvian individuals (see above). The Ceylon record is based on a single specimen, indicated as “unbestimmt’’! (Augener, 1924; pe 299). PISIONELLA, new genus Prostomium with a conspicuous, median, cirriform antenna, inserted on a cirrophore at the anterior margin of the prostomium. Buccal seg- ment with 3 pairs of cirriform cirri, of which 1 pair perhaps represents the paired prostomial antennae. No acicula or setae in the first segment. Second segment with a ventral cirrus resembling the superiormost cirrus of the buccal segment, and with globular dorsal cirrus, terminating in 92 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 a slender papilla. Third segment with a long, slender, cirriform dorsal cirrus and a globular ventral cirrus. From the fourth segment pos- teriorly, both dorsal and ventral cirri are globular. Parapodia subbi- ramous, the notopodium represented by an embedded aciculum, the neuropodium well developed, provided with an aciculum, 1 or 2 simple, blunt, acicular setae, and several composite setae. These setae consist of a shaft with a longitudinal series of spinelets in 2 rows, disposed along the outer, ectal edge of the shaft, and an appendage with a slender falcate piece, with a row of delicate spinelets along the cutting edge. Pisionella hancocki, new species Plate 27, Fig. 326; Plate 28, Figs. 327-333 Collections.—366-35 (Holotype), 375-35. About 14 specimens. Long, slender, depressed cylindrical, tapering gradually in both di- rections from near middle of body. Number of segments 120 or more; length of a smaller, 120 mm individual is 35 mm, of a larger, incom- plete individual of 80 segments is 28 mm. Greatest width, at about the fiftieth segment, is 1.04 mm without, 2.07 mm with parapodia. The pro- boscis is visible dorsally through the body wall as a dark streak extend- ing through the first fourteen segments. Prostomium slightly elevated, produced between the first few seg- ments, extending posteriorly to the fourth segment (third setigerous) ; provided at its anterior margin with a median cirriform antenna, that is about half as large as the dorsalmost cirrus of the first segment. Two pairs of deep-seated eye spots, of which one or both pairs are more or less fused, are present near the middle of the prostomium (pl. 27, fig. 326). The proboscis (dissected) is lined with dark pigment. It has 2 dorsal and 2 ventral stout jaws (pl. 28, fig. 329), and 19 or 20(?) soft, terminal papillae. Their exact number could not be ascertained after dissection. First segment greatly modified, enlarged, extending forward at the sides of the prostomium so that its inner, proximal base is in contact with the base of the prostomial antenna. At its terminal end it is pro- vided with 3 tentacular cirri, the dorsalmost about twice as large as the prostomial antenna, the median one about as large as the prostomial antenna, and a long, stout ventral cirrus (pl. 27, fig. 326) about as long as the first 6 normal segments. No setae or acicula have been made out in this segment. No. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 93 Second segment (first setigerous) provided with parapodia that are less than half as long as those immediately following. It has a stout, subulate ventral cirrus on a well-developed cirrophore (pl. 28, fig. 328) and a globular dorsal cirrus. The third segment has a stout dorsal cirrus and a globular ventral cirrus (pl. 28, fig. 327). From the fourth segment, the dorsal and ventral cirri are globular, with a terminal fila- ment (pl. 28, fig. 331). In addition to dorsal and ventral cirri, some individuals have a long, cirriform appendage (nephridial papilla?) inserted on the ventral body wall near the point where the foot joins the body (pl. 28, fig. 331). A similar structure has been observed in some individuals of the nearly related Pisione oerstedi Grube. When present, it occurs on all segments from the fifth, posteriorly. Each setigerous segment has yellow dorsal and ventral acicula. That of the second segment differs slightly in shape from those more pos- teriorly. It is somewhat cuspidate (pl. 28, fig. 330). From the third segment a stout, blunt aciculum emerges from the distal end of the parapodium (pl. 28, fig. 333), and lies just dorsal to the setal fascicle. Composite setae resemble one another throughout. The shaft is pro- vided with 2 longitudinal rows of spinelets, on the dorsal or cutting edge; the appendage is falcate, with a terminal fang and a single row of fine spinelets along the cutting edge (pl. 28, figs. 332, 330). A typical median parapodium has an embedded dorsal aciculum, 2 ventral acicula of which the dorsalmost emerges from the neuropodium, and about 4 composite setae inferior to the aciculum (pl. 28, fig. 331). Anal cirri, if originally present, have been lost from the collections. Holotype—AHF no. 20. Distribution—Callao, Peru; Independencia Bay, Peru. Intertidal to 8 fms. 94 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 LITERATURE CITED ANNENKOVA, N. P. 1937. The Polychaeta fauna of the northern part of the Japan Sea. Explo- rations des Mers de l’URSS. Fasc. 23, pp. 139-216, 60 figs. AUGENER, H. 1906. 1910. 1913. 1918. 1922. 1924. 1926. 1927. Bairp, W. 1863. 1865. Reports on the results of dredging, under the supervision of Alex- ander Agassiz, in the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean Sea, and on the east coast of the United States, 1877 to 1880, by the U. S. Coast Survey Steamer “Blake,’ Lieut. Commander C. D. Sigsbee, U.S.N., and Commander J. R. Bartlett, U.S.N., commanding. West- indische Polychaeten. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard, vol. 43, pp. 91-196, 8 pls. Bemerkungen iiber einige Polychaeten von Roscoff. Uber zwei neue Polynoiden des Berliner Museums und iiber die Brutpflege von Hip- ponoé gaudichaudi Aud. and M. Edw. Zool. Anz. Leipzig, vol. 36, pp. 232-249. Die Fauna Siidwest-Australiens. Ergebnisse der Hamburger siidwest- australischen Forschungsreise 1905. Polychaeta I, Errantia, vol. 4, Lief. 5, pp. 65-304, 2 pls., 42 figs. Polychaeta. Beitrige zur Kenntnis des Meeresfauna West-Afrikas. Herausgeg. von W. Michaelsen, vol. 2, Lief. 2, pp. 67-625, 6 pls. Litorale Polychaeten von Juan Fernandez. The Natural History of Juan Fernandez and Easter Island, vol. 3, pp. 161-218, 1 pl., 10 figs. Papers from Dr. Th. Mortensen’s Pacific Expedition 1914-16. Poly- chaeten von Neuseeland. I. Errantia. Vidensk. Medd. fra Dansk naturh. Foren, vol. 75, pp. 241-441, 11 figs. Ceylon-Polychaten. Jenaische Zeits. Naturwiss., vol. 62, pp. 435-472, 10 figs. Die Polychaeten der Sammlung Thilenius von Neuseeland und Samoa. Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, vol. 13, pp. 338-363, 5 figs. Descriptions of several new species of worms belonging to the Annelida Errantia and Sedentaria or Tubicola of Milne Edwards. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, vol. for 1863, pp. 106-110. Contributions towards a monograph of the species of annelides be- longing to the Aphroditacea, containing a list of the known species, and a description of some new species contained in the British Mu- seum. Journ. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 8, pp. 172-202. BEDDARD, F. 1889. Report on Annelids from the Mergui Archipelago, collected for the Trustees of the British Museum, Calcutta, by Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S. Journ. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 21, p. 256. BENHAM, W. 1915. Report on the Polychaeta obtained by the F.I.S. “Endeavour” on the coasts of New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania and South Australia. Report on the Polychaeta. Part I. Biol. Res. Fishing Experiments, vol. 3, part 4, pp. 171-237, 8 pls. No. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 95 BERGSTROM, E. 1916. Die Polynoiden der schwedischen Siidpolar-expedition, 1901-1903. Zool. Bidrag fran Uppsala, vol. 4, pp. 269-304, 4 pls., 2 figs. BERKELEY, E. 1923. Polychaetous annelids from the Nanaimo district. Pt. I, Syllidae to Sigalionidae. Contr. Can. Biol., new ser., vol. 1, pp. 203-218, 1 pl. BLANCHARD, R. 1849. Anelides du Chile, in Gay’s Historia fisica y politica de Chile. Segun documentos adquiridos en esta republica durante doce afios de residencia en ella. Zoologica, vol. 3, pp. 9-52. CHAMBERLIN, R. 1919a. The Annelida Polychaeta. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 48, 514 pp., 80 pls. 1919b. New polychaetous annelids from Laguna Beach, California. Journ. Ent. and Zool., Pomona College, vol. 11, pp. 1-23. 1920. The polychaetes collected by the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18. Rep. Can. Arctic Exped., vol. 9, pt. B, 41 pp., 6 pls. CLAPAREDE, E. 1868. Les Annélides Chétopodes du Golfe de Naples. Mém. Soc. Phys. Genéve, vol. 19, pp. 313-584, 16 pls. DarsBoux, J. 1899. Recherches sur les Aphroditiens. Tray. Inst. Zool. Univ. Mont- pellier, Mém. no. 6, 276 pp., 83 figs. Day, J. 1934. On a collection of South African Polychaeta, with a catalogue of the species recorded from South Africa, Angola, Mosambique, and Mada- gascar. Journ. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 39, pp. 15-82, 16 figs. EHters, E. 1887. Reports on the results of dredging, under the direction of L. F. Pourtalés, during the years 1868-1870, and of Alexander Agassiz, in the Gulf of Mexico (1877-78), and in the Caribbean Sea (1878- 79), in the U. S. Coast Survey Steamer “Blake.” Report on the Annelids. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 15, 333 pp., 60 pls. 1901. Die Polychaeten des magellanischen und chilenischen Strandes. Festschrift zur Feier des MHundertfiinfzigjahrigen Bestehens der kéniglichen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Géttingen, 232 pp., 25 pls. Berlin. EssENBERG, C. 1917. Description of some new species of Polynoidae from the coast of California. Univ. California Publ. Zool., vol. 18, pp. 45-60, 2 pls. 96 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 FAUVEL, P. 1917. Annélides polychétes de l’australie méridionale. Arch. zool. exp. gén. Paris, vol. 56, pp. 159-277, 5 pls. 1918. Annélides polychétes nouvelles de l’Afrique orientale. Bull. Mus. d’Hist. Nat., Paris, vol. 24, pp. 503-509, 4 figs. 1919. Annélides polychétes de Madagascar, de Djibouti et du Golfe Persique. Arch. zool. exp. gén., Paris, vol. 58, pp. 315-473, 3 pls. 1923. Polychétes errantes. Faune de France, vol. 5, 488 pp., 181 figs. 1925. Sur quelques espéces du genre Aphrodita (A. aculeata L., A. australis Baird, A. talpa Qfg., et A. armifera Moore). Bull. Soc. Zool., Paris, vol. 50, pp. 131-150, 5 figs. 1932. Annelida Polychaeta of the Indian Museum, Calcutta. Mem. Indian Museum, vol. 12, pp. 1-262, 9 pls., 40 figs. GRAVIER, C. 1911. Annélides polychétes recueillis par la seconde expédition antarctique francaise (1908-1910). Deuxiéme expédition Antarctique Francaise, vol. 1, pp. 1-165, 12 pls. Gruse, A. 1855. Beschreibungen neuer oder wenig bekannter Anneliden. Arch. Naturg., Jahrg. 21, Band 1, pp. 81-136, 3 pls. 1856. Annulata Orstediana. Naturhist. Foren. Vidensk. Meddel. Foren. Kjébenhavn, vol. for 1856, pp. 44-62. 1875. Bemerkungen tiber die Familie der Aphroditen. (Gruppe Hermionea und Sigalionina.) Jahresber. Schles. Gesells., Breslau, vol. 52, pp. 57-79. 1876. Bemerkungen iiber die Familie der Aphroditeen. (Gruppe Poly- nonina, Acoétea, Polylepidea.) Jahresber. Schles. Gesells., Breslau, vol. 53, pp. 46-72. 1878a. Anneliden-Ausbeute S. M. S. “Gazelle.” Monatsb. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, vol. for 1877, pp. 509-554. 1878b. Annulata Semperiana. Beitrdge zur Kenntniss der Annelidenfauna der Philippinen nach den von Herrn Prof. Semper mitgebrachten Sammlungen. Mem. Acad. Sci. St. Petersburg, vol. 25, 300 pp., 15 pls. HAMILTON, W. 1915. On two new polynoids from Laguna. Journ. Ent. and Zool., Pomona College, vol. 7, pp. 234-240, 2 pls. HARTMAN, O. 1938. The types of the polychaete worms of the families Polynoidae and Polyodontidae in the United States National Museum and the de- scription of a new genus. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 86, pp. 107- 134, 7 figs. No. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 97 HOAGLAND, R. 1920. Polychaetous annelids collected by the United States Fisheries steamer “Albatross” during the Philippine Expedition of 1907-1909. U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 100, vol. 1, pp. 603-635, 7 pls. Hotty, M. 1934. Polychaten von den Philippinen. I. Erste Mitteilung itiber Polychaten. Zool. Anz. Leipzig, vol. 105, pp. 147-150, 2 figs. Horst, R. 1917. Polychaeta Errantia of the Siboga Expedition. Part 2. Aphroditidae and Chrysopetalidae. Siboga Expedition, vol. 24b, pp. 45-143, 19 pls. Izuka, A. 1912. The Errantiate Polychaeta of Japan. Journ. Coll. Sci. Tokyo, vol. 30, 262 pp., 24 pls. Jounson, H. 1897. A preliminary account of the marine annelids of the Pacific coast, with descriptions of new species. Pt. 1. The Euphrosynidae, Amphi- nomidae, Palmyridae, Polynoidae, and Sigalionidae. Proc. Cali- fornia Acad. Sci., ser. 3, Zool., vol. 1, pp. 153-198, 6 pls. 1901. The Polychaeta of the Puget Sound region. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 29, pp. 381-437, 19 pls. KINBERG, J. 1855. Nya slagten och arter af Annelider. Ofv. Vet.-Akad. Férh., vol. 12, pp. 381-388. 1857-1910. Kongliga Svenska Fregatten Eugenies Resa omkring jorden under befal of C. A. Virgin dren 1851-1853. Vetenskapliga Iakttagel- ser pa Konung Oscar den Forstes befallning utgifna delen. Zoologi. 3. Annulater. Uppsala and Stockholm. McInTosH, W. 1885. Report on the Annelida Polychaeta collected by H. M. S. “Chal- lenger” during the years 1873-76. Challenger Reports, Zool., vol. 12, xxxvi+554 pp., 94 pls., map. MARENZELLER, E. VON 1879. Siidjapanische Anneliden, I. Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 41, pt. 2, pp. 109-154, 6 pls. 1902. Siidjapanische Anneliden, III: Aphroditea, Eunicea. Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 72, pp. 563-582, 3 pls. Monro, C. 1924. On the Polychaeta collected by H. M. S. “Alert,” 1881-1882. Families Polynoidae, Sigalionidae, and Eunicidae. Journ. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., vol. 36, pp. 37-64, 24 figs. 1928a. Polychaeta of the families Polynoidae and Acoétidae from the vi- cinity of the Panama Canal, collected by Dr. C. Crossland and Dr. Th. Mortensen. Journ. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., vol. 36, pp. 553- 576, 30 figs. 98 1928b. 1928c. 1931. 1933. 1936. Moore, J. 1902. 1903. 1905. 1908. 1909. 1910. OxupaA, S. 1937. ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 On some Polychaeta of the family Polynoidae from Tahiti and the Marquesas. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. London, ser. 10, vol. 2, pp. 467- 473, 4 figs. Notes on some unnamed Polynoids in the British Museum. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. London, ser. 10, vol. 1, pp. 311-316, 3 figs. Polychaeta, Oligochaeta, Echiuroidea, and Sipunculoidea. Great Bar- rier Reef Expedition, 1928-29. Scientific Reports, vol. 4, pp. 1-37, 15 figs. The Polychaeta Errantia collected by Dr. C. Crossland at Colén in the Panama region and the Galapagos Islands during the expedition of the S. Y. “St. George.’ Proc. Zool. Soc. London, vol. for 1933, pp. 1-96, 36 figs. Polychaete worms, II. Discovery Reports, vol. 12, pp. 59-198, 34 figs. Descriptions of some new Polynoidae, with a list of other Poly- chaeta from north Greenland waters. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila- delphia, vol. 54, pp. 258-283, 2 pls. Polychaeta from the coastal slope of Japan and from Kamchatka and Bering Sea. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 55, pp. 401- 490, 5 pls. New species of Polychaeta from the North Pacific, chiefly from Alaskan waters. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 57, pp. 525-554, 3 pls. Some polychaetous annelids of the northern Pacific coast of North America. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 60, pp. 321-364, 4 figs. Polychaetous annelids from Monterey Bay and San Diego, Cali- fornia. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 61, pp. 235-295, 3 pls. The polychaetous annelids dredged by the U.S.S. “Albatross” off the coast of southern California in 1904: 2. Polynoidae, Aphroditidae and Sigaleonidae. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 62, pp. 328-402, 6 pls. Polychaetous annelids from the Palau Islands and adjacent waters, the South Sea Islands. Bull. Biogeogr. Soc. Japan, vol. 7, pp. 257- 316, 59 figs. PFLUGFELDER, O. 1932. Ports, F. 1910. Beschreibung einiger neuer Acoétinae—Mit einem Anhang_ iiber eigenartige epitheliale Sinnesorgane dieser Formen. Zool. Anz. Leip- zig, vol. 98, pp. 281-295, 13 figs. Polychaeta of the Indian Ocean. Part 2. The Palmyridae, Aphro- ditidae, Polynoidae, Acoétidae, and Sigalionidae. Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool. London, vol. 16, pp. 325-353, 4 pls. No. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 99 Pruvot, G. 1930. Annélides polychétes de Nouvelle-Caledonie recueillies par M. Francois, Arch. zool. exp. gén. Paris, vol. 70, pp. 1-94, 3 pls., 8 figs. QUATREFAGES, M. 1865. Histoire naturelle des Annéles marins et d’eau douce. Paris, de Roret, 2 pts., 794 pp. SCHMARDA, L. 1861. Neue wirbellose Thiere beobachtet und gesammelt auf einer Reise um die Erde 1853-57, vol. 1: Turbellarien, Rotatorien und Annel- iden, pt. 2. SEIDLER, H. 1924. Beitrige zur Kenntnis der Polynoiden, I. Arch. Naturg., vol. 89 (Abt. A, Heft 11), pp. 1-217, 2 pls. (maps), 22 figs. SOUTHERN, R. 1914. Archiannelida and Polychaeta. Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. Dublin, vol. 31, pp. 1-160, 15 pls. TREADWELL, A. 1902. The polychaetous annelids of Porto Rico. Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., vol. 20 (for 1900), pt. 2, pp. 181-210, 81 figs. 1906. Polychaetous annelids of the Hawaiian Islands collected by the Steamer “Albatross” in 1902. Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., vol. 23 (for 1903), pt. 3, pp. 1145-1181, 81 figs. 1914. Polychaetous annelids of the Pacific coast in the collections of the Zoological Museum of the University of California. Uniy. California Publ. Zool., vol. 13, pp. 175-234, 2 pls. 1924. Polychaetous annelids collected by the Barbados-Antigua Expedition from the University of Iowa in 1918. Univ. Iowa Studies in Nat. Hist., vol. 10, 23 pp., 2 pls. 1926. Contributions to the zoology of the Philippine Archipelago and ad- jacent regions. Additions to the polychaetous annelids collected by the U. S. Fishery steamer “Albatross” 1907-1910, including one new genus and three new species. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., no. 100, pt. 6, pp. 183-193, 20 figs. 1929. Acoétes magnifica, a new species of polychaetous annelid from Mon- tego Bay, Jamaica, British West Indies. Amer. Mus. Noy., no. 355, 4 pp., 7 figs. 1937. Polychaetous annelids from the west coast of Lower California, the Gulf of California and Clarion Island. Zoologica, vol. 22, pp. 139- 160, 2 pls. 100 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 PLATE 1 Figures 1 to 5, Aphrodita japonica: Fig. 1, stout superior neuro- podial seta from a median parapodium (430-35), x 290; Fig. 2, a median neuropodial seta, with attached sheath, from the same parapodium, x 290; Fig. 3, tip of a long, slender dorsal seta, showing hooked tip, x 290; Fig. 4, inferior neuropodial seta, from same parapodium as that shown in Fig. 1, x 290; Fig. 5, inferior neuropodial seta (632-37) with pilose cap at- tached, x 130. Figure 6, Aphrodita armifera: Inferior neuropodial seta from a median parapodium (D 93), x 290. Figures 7 and 8, Aphrodita refulgida: Fig. 7, superiormost neuro- podial seta from twelfth parapodium, x 290; Fig. 8, inferior neuropodial seta from same parapodium, x 290. Figures 9 and 10, Aphrodita parva: Fig. 9, an inferior neuropodial seta from a median parapodium, showing small lateral spur, x 290; Fig. 10, a superior neuropodial seta from the same para- podium, with pilosity, x 290. Figures 11 to 15, Aphrodita falcifera: Fig. 11, a median neuro- podium (287-34), x 32; Fig. 12, tip of an inferior neuropodial seta from same parapodium, x 66; Fig. 13, tip of a superior neuropodial seta from the same parapodium, x 66; Fig. 14, distal end of inferior neuropodial seta, x 290; Fig. 15, pro- stomial lobe, x 12.5. PL. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS NO. 102 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 PLATE 2 Figures 16 to 30, Pontogenia laeviseta: Fig. 16, prostomium in dor- sal view, ventral eyes indicated by cross bars, median antenna turned unnaturally to the right (863-38), x 25; Fig. 17, a median parapodium, some of the notopodial setae pulled out when the debris was cleared away; scale and dorsal fascicles turned forward so as to indicate the shape of the elytrum; parapodial papillae not shown, x 12.5; Fig. 18, a neuropodium from the median region (244-34), x 32; Fig. 19, a superior neuropodial seta from the second segment, x 290; Fig. 20, a ventralmost neuropodial seta from a median parapodium (244- 34), x 130; Fig. 21, tip of a median neuropodial seta from the same parapodium, x 130; Fig. 22, tip of a dorsalmost noto- podial seta from a median parapodium, x 66; Fig. 23, a su- perior neuropodial seta from a posterior parapodium, x 290; Fig. 24, an inferior neuropodial seta from a posterior para- podium, x 290; Fig. 25, part of the basal area from a median elytrum, indicating the distribution of the papillae near the point of attachment, x 130; Fig. 26, parapodium from the third segment, with greatly elongate dorsal cirrus, and heavy noto- podial setae, x 25; Fig. 27, distal end of seta shown in Fig. 22, enlarged, x 290; Fig. 28, an inferior neuropodial seta from second segment, with 2 rows of spinelets, x 290; Fig. 29, tip of stout, superior notopodial seta from third segment, x 290; Fig. 30, tip of a ventralmost notopodial seta from a median parapodium, with a few asperities, x 290. No. | HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 2 °o oS O, fe) ¢ (e) 2, ZO 5 cOo ae Ts 104 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 PLATE 3 Figures 31 and 32, Iphione ovata: Fig. 31, tip of a neuropodial seta from a median parapodium, x 290; Fig. 32, distal end of a neuropodium from near middle of body, setae indicated, x 32. Figures 33 to 37, Arctonoé vittata: Fig. 33, anterior end in dorsal view, x 18.5; Fig. 34, neuropodial seta from fifteenth para- podium, x 130; Fig. 35, an inferior neuropodial seta from sec- ond segment, x 290; Fig. 36, a notopodial seta from second segment, x 290; Fig. 37, a superior neuropodial seta from sec- ond segment, x 290. Figures 38 to 42, Eulagisca panamensis: Fig. 38, tip of a minutely bifid neuropodial seta, x 290; Fig. 39, tenth parapodium in posterior view, some setae indicated; there are actually nearly 100 notopodial setae, some very fine, long, slender, others much thicker but about as long, also, a dorsoanterior series of short, slightly arcuate, nearly smooth setae, x 12.5; Fig. 40, a taper- ing notopodial seta from tenth parapodium, x 130; Fig. 41, dis- tal end of a neuropodial seta, x 130; Fig. 42, sixth elytrum, from left side, in ventral view, x 12.5. HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. NO. 1 106 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 PLATE 4 Figures 43 to 50, Halosydna glabra: Fig. 43, first elytrum from right side, in dorsal view, stippling indicates pigmented pat- tern, x 12.5; Fig. 44, sixth elytrum from right side, from same individual as that shown in Fig. 43, x 12.5; Fig. 45, first ely- trum, in dorsal view, showing distribution of macrotubercles and microtubercles, x 32; Fig. 46, macrotubercles and micro- tubercles from first elytrum, just posterior to the elytral scar, x 290; Fig. 47, dorsalmost notopodial seta from a median para- podium, x 290; Fig. 48, neuropodial seta from a median para- podium, x 290; Fig. 49, a long, pointed notopodial seta from a median parapodium, x 290; Fig. 50, portion of sixth elytrum from area near anterior concavity, indicating distribution of microtubercles and reticulated pattern, x 290. Figures 51 to 55, Halosydna, sp. A: Fig. 51, a long notopodial seta from a median parapodium, x 290; Fig. 52, a neuropodial seta from a median parapodium, x 290; Fig. 53, a short notopodial seta from a median parapodium, x 290; Fig. 54, an elytrum from the left side, in dorsal view, showing distribution of mac- rotubercles (larger circles) and microtubercles (small circles), x 12.5; Fig. 55, portion of preceding elytrum over inner end of elytral scar, showing detail of pigmented area, x 290. No. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 4 eo ay i isi 108 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 PEATE 5 Figure 56, Lepidonotus versicolor: Third elytrum from left side; fringe almost absent except for a few short filaments on some anterior elytra, x 18.5. Figures 57 and 58, Lepidonotus furcillatus: Fig. 57, tip of a neuro- podial seta from first parapodium, distally bifid, x 290; Fig. 58, a neuropodial seta from first parapodium, distally pointed, x 290. Figures 59 to 61, Lepidonotus versicolor: Fig. 59, a superior neuro- podial seta from segment 2, x 290; Fig. 60, a ventralmost neuropodial seta from segment 2, x 290; Fig. 61, prostomial lobe with antennae, x 18.5. Figures 62 to 69, Lepidonotus crosslandi: Fig. 62, prostomial lobe, without antennae, x 30; Fig. 63, a dorsalmost neuropodial seta from third segment, x 290; Fig. 64, a ventralmost neuropodial seta from third segment, x 290; Fig. 65, a superior neuro- podial seta from fourteenth segment, x 130; Fig. 66, an in- ferior neuropodial seta from fourteenth segment, x 130; Fig. 67, larger and smaller tubercles from second elytrum, from an area near the posterior margin, x 290; Fig. 68, outline of seventh elytrum, elytral scar indicated, x 12.5; Fig. 69, second elytrum, tubercles indicated by circles, pigmented area by stippling, x 32. No. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PINS 110 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 PLATE 6 Figures 70 to 77, Lepidonotus pomareae panamensis: Fig. 70, first elytrum from right side, x 12.5; Fig. 71, sixth elytrum, from left side, x 5; Fig. 72, ninth elytrum, from right side, x 6; Fig. 73, a larger spine from first elytrum, in lateral view, x 66; Fig. 74, another, similar spine in dorsal view, x 66; Fig. 75, sixteenth parapodium, in posterior view, with some setae indicated; there are about 30 dark amber-colored neuropodial setae, x 12.5; Fig. 76, a shorter, falcate, superior notopodial seta from sixteenth parapodium, x 130; Fig. 77, a neuropodial seta from same parapodium, x 130. Figures 78 to 82, Lepidonotus hupferi: Fig. 78, a smaller, pigmented patch, showing smaller and larger tubercles, and distribution of pigment, x 130; Fig. 79, a neuropodial seta from second parapodium, x 290; Fig. 80, a neuropodial seta from third parapodium, x 290; Fig. 81, an inferiormost neuropodial seta from a median parapodium; the dorsalmost are thicker and longer but have similar proportions, x 290; Fig. 82, outer, lat- eral portion of an elytrum; stippling indicates pigmented areas, circles indicate the larger tubercles, x 12.5. NO. | HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 6 fe) ° ly P Oo TOGO 60 °° fe) ° . o° Y}).. O00 SP O00°O o ¢ . ° Oo oor +f} Bice 24 Ad te) wil 72 12 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 PLATE 7 Figures 83 to 95, Lepidonotus nesophilus: Fig. 83, prostomial lobe (814-38), x 32; Fig. 84, outline of tenth elytrum, in ventral view (148-34), x 12.5; Fig. 85, marginal fringe from first elytrum (814-38), x 290; Fig. 86, pattern of reticulated pig- ment from tenth elytrum, x 290; Fig. 87, first elytrum from right side, in dorsal view (814-38), x 32; Fig. 88, one of medium spines from near external margin, from first elytrum, x 290; Fig. 89, a spine from a posterior elytrum (148-34), x 290; Fig. 90, a tall macrotubercle from near the inner edge, from first elytrum, x 290; Fig. 91, a ventralmost neuropodial seta from first parapodium (second segment), x 290; Fig. 92, a dorsalmost neuropodial seta from the same segment, x 290; Fig. 93, a nearly entire inferior neuropodial seta from a median parapodium, x 290; Fig. 94, a more usual type of neuropodial seta, the superiormost from a median parapodium, x 290; Fig. 95, a notopodial seta from a median parapodium, x 290. Figures 96 to 98, Thormora johnstoni: Fig. 96, prostomial lobe with antennae (525-36), x 32; Fig. 97, sixth elytrum from right side, in dorsal view, x 32; Fig. 98, portion of elytrum from near edge of sixth, x 290. No. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 7 114 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 PLATE 8 Figures 99 to 104, Lepidametria gigas: Fig. 99, a superior neuro- podial seta from a median parapodium, x 290; Fig. 100, an inferiormost neuropodial seta from the same parapodium, x 290; Fig. 101, an inferiormost neuropodial seta from third parapodium, x 290; Fig. 102, a notopodial seta from third parapodium (only two in a parapodium), x 290; Fig. 103, a median parapodium, x 32; Fig. 104, third parapodium (seg- ment 4), x 32. Figures 105 to 110, Lepidametria virens: Fig. 105, forty-second para- podium in anterior view, x 32; Fig. 106, parapodium from third segment, in anterior view, x 32; Fig. 107, a neuropodial seta from third segment, x 290; Fig. 108, an inferior neuro- podial seta from forty-second segment, x 290; Fig. 109, a su- periormost neuropodial seta from the same parapodium, x 290; Fig. 110, anterior end, including part of first right elytrum; eyes are deep seated, x 18.5. NO. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 8 —_ wh 110 116 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 PLATE 9 Figures 111 to 118, Hololepida veleronis: Fig. 111, anterior end in dorsal view, with distal ends of antennae and palpi omitted, x 32; Fig. 112, sixteenth parapodium in posterior view, setae indicated, x 25; Fig. 113, tip of a neuropodial seta, x 290; Fig. 114, acicular notopodial seta from sixteenth parapodium, x 290; Fig. 115, neuropodial seta from same parapodium, x 130; Fig. 116, a supraacicular neuropodial seta from same parapodium, x 290; Fig. 117, a superior neuropodial seta from second segment, x 290; Fig. 118, second parapodium in an- terior view, setae indicated, elytrum omitted, x 25. Figures 119 and 120, Halosydna fuscomarmorata: Fig. 119, a me- dian elytrum, x 12.5; Fig. 120, a neuropodial seta from a median parapodium, x 290. No. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 9 114 \ Wy | play lind] wl loly \ 129 118 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 PLATE 10 Figures 121 to 127, Polynoé veleronis: Fig. 121, anterior end, x 32; Fig. 122, second parapodium, elytrum omitted, x 32; Fig. 123, first elytrum in dorsal view, elytral scar indicated; stippled area is chocolate brown, preserved, x 32; Fig. 124, twentieth parapodium in posterior view, x 32; Fig. 125, a notopodial seta from twentieth parapodium, x 290; Fig. 126, an inferior neuro- podial seta from the same parapodium, x 290; Fig. 127, a su- perior neuropodial seta from the same parapodium, x 290. Figures 128 to 133, Eunoé senta: Fig. 128, dorsalmost neuropodial seta from a median parapodium, x 130; Fig. 129, an inferior- most neuropodial seta from the same parapodium, x 130; Fig. 130, a short, curved notopodial seta from the same parapodium, x 130; Fig. 131, tip of a long, notopodial seta from the same parapodium, x 130; Fig. 132, elytrum, in dorsal view, loose in vial with specimen, x 25; Fig. 133, one of smaller spines from anterior third of elytrum, x 290. No. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 10 ayy rss . . a: oae a 8° 5 . -) ed aie s ° aaa a Rone as RA pos e a DD ma Zune ae: ° ° 120 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 PLATE 11 Figures 134 to 140, Eusigalion spinosum: Fig. 134, elytrum, with ventral branchial lobe and scar dotted in, x 25; Fig. 135, pro- stomial lobe, x 30; Fig. 136, sixth parapodium, setae indicated, x 25; Fig. 137, part of a larger neuropodial seta from the forty-sixth parapodium, numbers at right refer to the number of articles in the appendage, counting from the base, x 290; Fig. 138, forty-sixth parapodium, elytrum turned back and only partly shown, setae omitted, x 25; Fig. 139, part of marginal fringe from the anteroectal margin of an elytrum, x 66; Fig. 140, a superior simple neuropodial seta from forty- sixth parapodium, x 290. NO. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS Pr ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 PLATE 12 Figures 141 to 145, Eusigalion hancocki: Fig. 141, detail of mar- ginal fringe from ectal edge of a median elytrum, x 66; Fig. 142, outer lateral portion of elytrum from fiftieth segment, in dorsal view, x 25; Fig. 143, outline of elytrum in ventral view, with attached branchial appendage, x 25; Fig. 144, prostomial lobe and part of peristomial segment, x 30; Fig. 145, outline of forty-sixth parapodium, setae omitted, x 32. Figures 146 and 147, Eusigalion spinosum: Fig. 146, portions of shaft and appendage of an articled supraacicular neuropodial seta, x 290; Fig. 147, part of a larger serrated notopodial seta from forty-sixth parapodium, x 290. Figures 148 to 152, Eusigalion hancocki: Fig. 148, a smooth, smaller inferior notopodial seta from forty-sixth parapodium, x 290; Fig. 149, a simple spinose neuropodial seta from same para- podium, x 290; Fig. 150, tip of a neuropodial seta from same parapodium, x 290; Fig. 151, articulated composite neuropo- dial seta from same parapodium, x 290; Fig. 152, part of a subacicular neuropodial seta from the same parapodium, x 290. HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PEI NO. | 124 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 PEALE, 13 Figures 153 to 162, Sthenelais fusca: Fig. 153, superior spinose neuropodial seta from one hundred fifth parapodium, x 290; Fig. 154, fine superior composite neuropodial seta from same parapodium, x 290; Fig. 155, median composite neuropodial seta from same parapodium, x 290; Fig. 156, stout dorsalmost neuropodial seta from individual from Point Loma, x 290; Fig. 157, stout dorsalmost neuropodial seta from individual from Sinaloa, x 290; Fig. 158, a ventral cirrus with dorsal processes, x 66; Fig. 159, arrangement of insertion of neuropodial setae in neuroaciculum in a parapodium in anterior third of body; top is dorsal, to the right is anterior, x represents simple spinose setae, dots slender composite setae (343-34); Fig. 160, outline of elytrum from fortieth parapodium, from individual from Chatham Bay, stippling represents papillar region, x 12.5; Fig. 161, seventh elytrum from individual from Point Loma, most of surface papillated but not shown, x 32; Fig. 162, elytrum from about thirtieth last segment from individual from Point Loma, papillae covering most of surface not indicated, x 32. Figures 163 to 166, Sthenelais variabilis colorata: Fig. 163, fifth elytrum, elytral scar indicated, surface finely papillated though not shown, x 25; Fig. 164, part of posterior margin from pre- ceding, showing distribution of surface papillae and beaded margin, x 130; Fig. 165, a median neuropodial seta from about forty-fifth parapodium, x 290; Fig. 166, twenty-fifth neuro- podium, showing the main papillar series ventral to the in- feriormost neuropodial setae, x 66. No. l HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PLL 13 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 PLATE 14 Figures 167 to 175, Sthenelais verruculosa: Fig. 167, sixtieth para- podium in anterior view, x 12.5; Fig. 168, a nine-articulated median neuropodial seta from thirty-fifth parapodium, x 130; Fig. 169, distal end of preceding, x 290; Fig. 170, anterior end in dorsal view, first elytra laid back, left palpus and right peristomial cirrus not shown, x 12.5; Fig. 171, elytrum from thirty-fifth parapodium, small area at lower left indicates part enlarged in next figure; Fig. 172, postectal margin of pre- ceding, circles indicate papillae, x 66; Fig. 173, portion of an inferior notopodial seta, x 130; Fig. 174, superior spinose neuropodial seta, x 130; Fig. 175, thirty-fifth parapodium in posterior view, elytrum omitted, x 12.5. HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 14 NO. S ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 PLATE 15 Figures 176 to 187, Sthenelais maculata: Fig. 176, superior neuro- podial seta from a median parapodium, showing biarticulated appendage, x 290; Fig. 177, superior neuropodial seta from same parapodium with one article, x 290; Fig. 178, fifth elytrum from right side in dorsal view, stippling indicates pig- mented areas, dorsal surface with fine, wart-like papillae over most of inner two thirds of elytrum, not shown, x 25; Fig. 179, eighth parapodium in posterior view, setae indicated, x 32; Fig. 180, twenty-fifth parapodium in anterior view, setae omitted, x 32; Fig. 181, part of outer lateral margin from eighth elytrum, x 290; Fig. 182, eighth elytrum from right side in dorsal view, stippling indicates pigmented area, x 32; Fig. 183, thirty-eighth right elytrum in dorsal view, x 25; Fig. 184, an inferior neuropodial seta from a median parapodium, x 290; Fig. 185, a superior spinose neuropodial seta from same parapodium, x 290; Fig. 186, distal end of a shorter median neuropodial seta, x 290; Fig. 187, distal end of an- other short median neuropodial seta, x 290. No. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS pris ~ 187 130 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 PLATE 16 Figures 188 to 202, Sthenelais hancocki: Fig. 188, prostomial lobe, the anterior eyes stippled but concealed by the lateral ctenidia, x 25; Fig. 189, outline of second elytrum in ventral view, x 25; Fig. 190, first parapodium in anterior view, showing long dorsal cirrus, shorter ventral cirrus and transposed prostomial antenna, x 25; Fig. 191, outline of first elytrum from right side in ventral view, x 25; Fig. 192, superior neuropodial seta from second parapodium, x 290; Fig. 193, superior simple spinose neuropodial seta, x 290; Fig. 194, elytral spines from twenty- second elytrum in dorsal view, x 130; Fig. 195, similar spines in lateral view, x 130; Fig. 196, an inferior neuropodial seta from a median parapodium, x 290; Fig. 197, a slender median neuropodial seta from a median parapodium, x 290; Fig. 198, postlateral fringe from twenty-second elytrum, x 130; Fig. 199, distal end of a median neuropodial seta, x 650; Fig. 200, distal end of an inferiormost neuropodial seta, x 650; Fig. 201, distal end of a blunt median neuropodial seta, x 650; Fig. 202, twenty-second elytrum from right side in dorsal view, x 25. HARTMAN! POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 16 NO. 1 132 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 PLATE 17 Figures 203 to 216, Sthenelais neoleanirae: Fig. 203, seventh para- podium in posterior view, setae indicated, x 32; Fig. 204, su- perior neuropodial seta from thirty-fifth parapodium, the ap- pendage with 5 articles and a bifid tip, x 290; Fig. 205, in- feriormost neuropodial seta from same parapodium, x 290; Fig. 206, distal end of seventh parapodium in anterior view, with parapodial lobular processes, setae omitted, x 66; Fig. 207, first parapodium with long dorsal cirrus, shorter ventral cirrus and the transposed prostomial antenna, x 32; Fig. 208, part of elytrum from thirty-fifth parapodium, showing distribution of larger tubercles near the postectal margin, x 66; Fig. 209, out- line of elytrum from thirty-fifth parapodium in dorsal view, spines omitted, x 12.5; Fig. 210, one of larger elytral spines from same elytrum as preceding, x 290; Fig. 211, superior spinose neuropodial seta from thirty-fifth parapodium, x 290; Fig. 212, a median neuropodial seta from thirty-fifth para- podium, showing tapering, finely bifid appendage, x 290; Fig. 213, a short appendaged, median neuropodial seta from same parapodium, x 290; Fig. 214, articulation of supraacicular neuropodial seta from seventh parapodium, others are less spiny or quite smooth, x 290; Fig. 215, inferiormost neuropodial seta from same parapodium, x 290; Fig. 216, outline of seventy- second parapodium in anterior view, setae omitted, x 66. HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 17 NO. ———————— S 134 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 PLATE 18 Figures 217 to 225, Leanira fimbriarum: Fig. 217, thirty-fifth para- podium in posterior view, setae indicated, x 25; Fig. 218, pro- stomial lobe, anterior eyes concealed by ctenidia, indicated by stippling, x 30; Fig. 219, outline of first elytrum, the anterior margin fimbriated (in some it is quite smooth), x 25; Fig. 220, part of a median serrulated notopodial seta, x 290; Fig. 221, a superior simple spinose neuropodial seta, x 290; Fig. 222, a composite neuropodial seta, the appendage distally pointed, but not canaliculated, x 290; Fig. 223, part of an inferiormost smooth notopodial seta, x 290; Fig. 224, outline of elytrum from thirty-fifth parapodium in ventral view, x 25; Fig. 225, fifth parapodium in posterior view, setae indicated, x 32. Figures 226 to 231, Sthenelanella uniformis: Fig. 226, outline of first elytrum from right side, in ventral view, x 32; Fig. 227, marginal fringe from anterior edge of first elytrum, x 290; Fig. 228, fifth elytrum from right side in dorsal view, the stippling indicates pigmented area, x 32; Fig. 229, inferiormost neuropodial seta from a median parapodium, x 650; Fig. 230, a median neuropodial seta from same parapodium, x 650; Fig. 231, a superior neuropodial seta from same parapodium, x 650. No. l HARTMAN: N = SN ——~ S\\ 221 222 223 POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 218 PL. 18 227 S75 230 136 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 PLATE, 19 Figures 232 to 243, Psammolyce spinosa: Fig. 232, longest inferior neuropodial seta from a median parapodium, x 290; Fig. 233, inferior neuropodial seta from seventy-eighth parapodium, x 130; Fig. 234, superior neuropodial seta from a median para- podium, x 290; Fig. 235, superior neuropodial seta from sev- enty-eighth parapodium, x 130; Fig. 236, a nearly smooth, dis- tally entire neuropodial seta from a median parapodium, x 290; Fig. 237, a median neuropodial seta with bifid tip, from same parapodium, x 290; Fig. 238, anterior end, peristomial cirri and palpi omitted, x 25; Fig. 239, seventy-eighth para- podium in posterior view, setae indicated, x 25; Fig. 240, an elytrum from a posterior region, x 25; Fig. 241, median neuro- podial seta from seventy-eighth parapodium, x 130; Fig. 242, a neuropodial seta from second parapodium, x 290; Fig. 243, an elytrum from anterior region, from right side in dorsal view, elytral scar dotted in, x 25. NO. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 19 MM ay 232 “ses Ss SS ee. 138 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 PLATE 20 Figures 244 to 254, Psammolyce fimbriata: Fig. 244, prostomial lobe in lateral view from left side, x 25; Fig. 245, anterior end in dorsal view, including first elytrophoral scars, position of first pair of eyes indicated by stippling, x 25; Fig. 246, a neuro- podial seta from second setigerous segment, x 290; Fig. 247, an inferior neuropodial seta from twentieth parapodium, x 290; Fig. 248, part of a notopodial seta from same parapodium, x 290; Fig. 249, a bifid inferior neuropodial seta from third setigerous segment (most are distally entire), x 290; Fig. 250, an entire neuropodial seta from third segment, x 290; Fig. 251, twentieth parapodium in anterior view, x 25; Fig. 252, elytrum from twentieth parapodium, the elongate lobe marks the inner lateral margin, the nonfimbriated edge is anterior, x 25; Fig. 253, a median neuropodial seta from twentieth parapodium, x 130; Fig. 254, a superior neuropodial seta from same para- podium, x 130. No. l HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 20 eee — Al Snr) _\ CE ba Ni 140 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 PLATE (21 Figures 255 to 264, Psammolyce myops: Fig. 255, twentieth elytrum from left side in dorsal view, x 25; Fig. 256, twentieth para- podium in anterior view, setae indicated, x 32; Fig. 257, a superior neuropodial seta from third parapodium, x 290; Fig. 258, an inferior neuropodial seta from same parapodium, x 290; Fig. 259, second parapodium in anterior view, setae indi- cated, x 32; Fig. 260, anterior end in dorsal view, the ventral, elongate eyes concealed by the median ceratophore, indicated by stippling, x 30; Fig. 261, prostomial lobe from right side, showing relation of eyes to median ceratophore, x 30; Fig. 262, a nearly entire, median neuropodial seta, x 290; Fig. 263, a bifid median neuropodial seta, x 290; Fig. 264, an inferior neuropodial seta from a median parapodium, x 290. Figures 265 to 267, Halosydna parva: Fig. 265, surface papillae from sixth elytrum, near outer, lateral margin, x 290; Fig. 266, sixth elytrum from right side in dorsal view, x 25; Fig. 267, a neuropodial seta from a median parapodium, x 290. No. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 21 142 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 PLATE 22 Figures 268 to 272, Psammolyce antipoda anoculata: Fig. 268, pro- stomium and peristomium in dorsolateral view, from right side, with peristomium pushed back to disclose prostomial lobe, x 18.5; Fig. 269, outline of an elytrum from posterior region, the elongate lobe marks the inner lateral margin, x 25; Fig. 270, twenty-fifth elytrum from right side in dorsal view, elytral scar indicated, x 25; Fig. 271, bifid neuropodial seta from second parapodium (most of them lack the bifid tip), x 290; Fig. 272, a median neuropodial seta from a posterior para- podium, with shaft somewhat spinose, x 130. Figures 273 to 279, Halosydna, species B: Fig. 273, a ventralmost neuropodial seta from a median parapodium, x 290; Fig. 274, a median elytrum from the right side in ventral view, the part bounded by broken line is enlarged in next figure, x 12.5; Fig. 275, part of median elytrum, near the anterior end, in- cluding most of the area of the elytral scar, circles indicate papillae, stippling pigmented pattern, the small area enclosed in the rectangle is enlarged in the next figure, x 32; Fig. 276, microtubercles from preceding, x 290; Fig. 277, a median para- podium, setae indicated, x 32; Fig. 278, a dorsalmost neuro- podial seta from a median parapodium, x 290; Fig. 279, a long notopodial seta from same parapodium, x 290. NO. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 22 144 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 PLATE 23 Figures 280 to 288, Pareulepis fimbriata: Fig. 280, fifth parapo- dium, setae and acicula indicated, x 25; Fig. 281, eighth ely- trum from 770-38, x 12.5; Fig. 282, neuropodium from nine- teenth parapodium, x 25; Fig. 283, notopodial seta from fif- teenth parapodium, the tip drawn out, the recurved free end is flattened, depressed (not seen in this view), x 66; Fig. 284, distal end of a dorsal aciculum from same parapodium, x 66; Fig. 285, twelfth or last elytrum in ventral view, x 7.5; Fig. 286, eighth elytrum from individual from Mission Bay, Cali- fornia, x 12.5; Fig. 287, eighth elytrum from individual from Ecuador, x 12.5; Fig. 288, superior neuropodial seta from nine- teenth parapodium, x 290. No. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 23 (in SS SS —_—_{K + 146 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 PLATE 24 Figures 289 to 293, Polyodontes panamensis: Fig. 289, thirty-fourth parapodium, setae indicated, x 32; Fig. 290, first parapodium (second segment) showing large ventral cirrus, x 32; Fig. 291, outline of elytrum from anterior region, in ventral view, the elytral scar is nearest the outer lateral margin, x 32; Fig. 292, a median aristate neuropodial seta, x 290; Fig. 293, a spinose inferior neuropodial seta in posterior view, x 290. Figures 294 to 299, Polyodontes oculea: Fig. 294, second para- podium (third segment) with setae indicated, x 32; Fig. 295, thirty-fourth parapodium, setae omitted, x 32; Fig. 296, third parapodium (fourth segment), setae omitted, x 32; Fig. 297, an aristate seta from a median parapodium, x 290; Fig. 298, an inferior neuropodial seta in lateral view, x 290; Fig. 299, a superior neuropodial seta from a median parapodium, x 290. NO. l HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 24 292 148 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 PLATE 25 Figures 300 to 308, Polyodontes frons: Fig. 300, anterior end in dorsal view, with part of margin of first right elytrum indi- cated, palpi omitted, x 32; Fig. 301, thirty-fifth parapodium in anterior view, the fine, hair-like notopodial setae and neuro- podial setae indicated, x 32; Fig. 302, second parapodium with elytrum turned back, setae indicated, x 32; Fig. 303, third parapodium from the same individual as the preceding, noto- podial setae not shown, x 32; Fig. 304, elytrum from thirty- fifth parapodium in dorsal view, showing outer lateral pouch, x 25; Fig. 305, inferiormost neuropodial seta from thirty-fifth parapodium, in lateral view, x 280; Fig. 306, an inferiormost neuropodial seta in posterior view, x 280; Fig. 307, a superior- most neuropodial seta from thirty-fifth parapodium, x 280; Fig. 308, a median aristate neuropodial seta from same para- podium, x 280. No. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PES 304 306 302 305 150 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 PLATE 26 Figures 309 to 312, Panthalis pacifica: Fig. 309, prostomial lobe in dorsal view, x 32; Fig. 310, a superior penicillate seta from twenty-first parapodium, x 290; Fig. 311, a stout aristate seta from same parapodium, x 290; Fig. 312, an inferior neuro- podial seta in lateral view, x 290. Figures 313 to 318, Panthalis marginata: Fig. 313, first elytrum from left side in dorsal view, the elytral scar indicated, x 32; Fig. 314, first parapodium (second segment) with long ventral cirrus, setae indicated, x 32; Fig. 315, second para- podium (third segment), setae omitted, x 32; Fig. 316, in- ferior neuropodial seta in posterior view, x 290; Fig. 317, a superior penicillate neuropodial seta from a median para- podium, x 290; Fig. 318, a median aristate seta from the same parapodium (there are about 7 of these in a parapodium), x 290. Figures 319 and 320, Aphrodita falcifera: Fig. 319, a long noto- podial seta and dorsal cirrus from a median parapodium, showing comparative lengths of parts, stippling on the seta indicates asperities, x 32; Fig. 320, distal end of notopodial seta, shown in Fig. 319, with subterminal asperities and smooth tip, x 290. HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 26 NO. 152 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 PLATE 27 Figures 321 to 325, Pisione oerstedi: Fig. 321, anterior end of a smaller (25 mm long) individual, with proboscis protruded, the dorsal jaws indicated in dotted lines, x 66; Fig. 322, third parapodium, with setae and acicula indicated, x 66; Fig. 323, one of 6 composite setae in a neuropodium from a median para- podium, x 290; Fig. 324, 2 stout, acicular setae from a median parapodium, with distal end of neuropodial lobe, x 290; Fig. 325, a bent, embedded aciculum, located between the simple setae and the composite setae (others are distally straight), x 290. Figure 326, Pisionella hancocki: Anterior end in dorsal view, x 66. NO. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PLs2/ 154 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 PLATE 28 Figures 327 to 333, Pisionella hancocki: Fig. 327, second para- podium, with setae and acicula indicated, x 66; Fig. 328, first parapodium, showing long, thick ventral cirrus and globular dorsal cirrus, x 66; Fig. 329, proboscis dissected open to show the 4 chitinous jaws; the position and number of the terminal papillae could not be accurately determined; the parallel lines indicate the midventral line, x 66; Fig. 330, acicular seta and composite seta from second parapodium, x 290; Fig. 331, a median parapodium, with acicula and setae indicated; the ventral elongation represents perhaps a nephridial papilla, x 66; Fig. 332, 3 composite setae from a median parapodium, the comb plates on the shaft are in paired series, those on the appendage in a single row, x 290; Fig. 333, third parapodium, x 66. No. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 28 NEW SPECIES OF POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS FROM SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA with a discussion on the host of one of them. By OLGA HARTMAN NEW SPECIES OF POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS FROM SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA with a discussion on the host of one of them. (PLATES 29, 30) By Otca HartTMAN Two new species, Hesionella mccullochae, new genus, new species, and Poecilochaetus johnsoni, new species, are described. The first be- longs to a family for which only a single species (Podarke pugettensis Johnson) has heretofore been known from California; the second to a small family (DisomIDAE), not previously reported from the Western Hemisphere. The former is associated with a species of Lumbrineris, the status of whose specific name is in some confusion, and for which some observations are made on the life history. Family Hesionidae HESIONELLA, new genus Body elongate, depressed, consists of numerous segments. Prosto- mium with a pair of frontal antennae inserted ventrally, a pair of re- duced palpi on the ventral side, and no eyes. First 3 segments each with a pair of long dorsal cirri and a pair of shorter ventral cirri. More pos- terior segments subbiramous. The notopodium provided with a con- spicuous flattened lobe, a small embedded aciculum, and terminating in a simple dorsal cirrus. The neuropodium with a fascicle of composite setae, a heavier aciculum, and cirriform ventral cirrus. Proventriculus apparently without teeth or chitinous structures; extends posteriorly through about the seventh segment. Anal cirri 2, depressed, distally truncate. Differs from other genera of HESIONIDAE which have 6 pairs of tentacular cirri and 2 antennae in that the notopodia are provided with flattened dorsal lobes that terminate in short dorsal cirri; the pro- stomium lacks eye spots, and the anal cirri are short, depressed. Hesionella meccullochae, new species Plate 29, Figs. 1-4 General form minute, greatly flattened, tapering slightly anteriorly and posteriorly. Number of segments 37 to 45, the first 3 provided with [159] 160 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 tentacular cirri, the last 34 to 41 with setae and acicula (pl. 29, fig. 1). Length in life 6.5 mm, width without setae about 0.5 mm. Color in life salmon pink anteriorly, more or less translucent posteriorly, the proventriculus clear, visible through the first 7 segments, resembling a syllid in this respect. No teeth or jaws have been observed. Prostomium broadly rounded anteriorly, without eye spots or paired pigmented areas, but with a small dark blotch medially near the posterior margin (pl. 29, fig. 1). A pair of cirriform antennae directed anteriorly but inserted ventrally, and a pair of minute (biarticulated ?) subglobular, colorless palpi on the ventral side, near the oral aperture. The precise nature of the palpi is difficult to ascertain because of their small size and soft structure. First 3 segments with longer, simple dor- sal cirri and smaller ventral cirri, resembling the prostomial antennae in form. Parapodia unequally biramous (pl. 29, fig. 2), the notopodium with a flattened dorsal lobe, closely appressed to the neuropodium, appear- ing scalelike, and provided at its distal end with a simple, dorsal cirrus. A weak, colorless aciculum is embedded in the dorsal lobe (pl. 29, fig. 2). The neuropodium is much larger and longer. It contains a single, pale, heavier aciculum, and 4 to 7 composite, falcigerous setae. The ventral cirri are simple, cirriform, and resemble the dorsal cirri, but are longer. Anal cirri 2, flattened, short, only slightly longer than the last segment, inserted side by side (pl. 29, fig. 1). Setae, present only in the neuropodia, are composite, the shaft smooth, with a heterogomph articulation; the appendage falcigerous, terminates in a simple tooth, the cutting edge bordered with fine, minute hairs (pl. 29, figs. 3, 4). The superiormost setae are larger, stronger (pl. 29, fig. 4), and have a longer appendage than those more ventrally (pl. 29, fig. 3), but all resemble one another. Hesionella mccullochae is named for Dr. Irene McCulloch, active and stimulating supporter of scientific pursuits, and under whose direct interests these studies have been made possible. It is a great pleasure to dedicate this species to her. Holotype—AHF no. 21. Distribution —Hesionella mecullochae has been found only in the burrows or coarsely constructed tubes of a common, intertidal species of Lumbrineris (see below), always closely associated with the host, but not actually attached. Normally, it lies along the body of the host in the region of some of the median segments. In size, it is greatly dwarfed No. 2 HARTMAN: NEW SPECIES OF POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 161 by its much larger associate, and hence easily overlooked. Thus far it has been found to occur only singly in a burrow. No observations have been made on the means of propagation, although examinations have been made during several months of the year. The host species, herein identified as Lumbrineris brevicirra (Schmarda), is discussed below. Lumbrineris brevicirra (Schmarda) Plate 29, Figs. 5-13 Notocirrus brevicirrus Schmarda, 1861, p. 117, 4 figs. Lumbrinereis brevicirra Monro, 1933, pp. 83-84 (with synonymy). ?Lumbriconereis zonata Johnson, 1901, pp. 408-409, pl. 9, figs. 93-100; Moore, 1909, p. 254; Treadwell, 1914, p. 196. ? Lumbriconereis grandis Treadwell, 1906, pp. 1170-1171. ? Lumbriconereis sarsi Kinberg, 1865, p. 569. The specimens, believed to belong to this species, as redescribed by Monro and others, represent the most commonly encountered species of Lumbrineris in the intertidal zones of California and Lower California, south at least to Ensenada. It is to be found in burrows in sandy beaches, in sand-filled, oblique crevices, and in sand or fine gravel under large beach boulders. It frequently occurs with other species of lumbri- nerids, from which it is easily distinguished in the field. From species of Arabella it differs in being orange red instead of brownish red; from other species of Lumbrineris it differs in that its posterior parapodial lobes are short, and it is proportionately slenderer and shorter. The synonymy of L. brevicirra has been discussed by Monro (1933, p. 83) and others, and additions made to the original brief description. It is still a moot question whether its distribution is cosmopolitan or less extensive. Its identity with the Atlantic form, L. impatiens Clapareéde, seems likely, but this has not been definitely established. The shape of the prostomial lobe, though not a safe criterion for separation, is seem- ingly different in the two species. In individuals from the Northeast Pacific the lobe is uniformly similar for many individuals examined. It is elongate, conical (pl. 29, figs. 12, 13) in the adult. The maxillary apparatus agrees with that described by Crossland (1924, p. 45). The first parapodium contains a hooded, simple hook in addition to simple limbate setae. There are no composite setae. Other names that are believed to have been applied to this species are listed in the synonymy above. L. zonata Johnson is unquestionably 162 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 the common west coast species. L. grandis Treadwell, from Hawaii, is less obviously so chiefly because maxilla III is shown with a single tooth instead of two. The description of L. sarsi Kinberg, from Ecuador, is too brief to permit a comparison of details. An investigation of the type might reveal its identity. If, as seems likely, these names refer to a single, widely distributed species, we may expect L. brevicirra to occur on both sides of the Pacific, and in both northern and southern hemi- spheres. Developmental stages——During February various stages of L. brevi- cirra are obtainable in southern California. The large, light green, spherical eggs (pl. 29, fig. 10) are laid in the burrow, without a gelati- nous sheath or other investing membrane, and the larvae develop there. The eggs are up to 0.5 mm in diameter. How they leave the body cavity is not known, but obviously not by rupturing the body wall. Well over 100 have been observed in the burrow of one individual. The stage of development is approximately the same for all individuals in any one tube. The earliest setigerous larva has 3 segments (pl. 29, fig. 9), each segment with a single pair of limbate setae. Most of the space posterior to the prostomial lobe is filled with green yolky material. ‘The prosto- mium has a pair of diffuse dark spots, and another dark area where the maxillary parts will develop (pl. 29, fig. 9). Ciliary bands are ab- sent save for some short cilia about the oral area. Increase in length is accompanied by an increase in the number of segments and development of the alimentary tract. In an 8-segmented larva (pl. 29, figs. 7, 8), still bright green, the proboscidial area is well developed (pl. 29, figs. 7, 11), the parapodia are lateral prolonga- tions provided with both limbate setae (pl. 29, fig. 5) and hooks (pl. 29, fig. 6), and the alimentary tract is complete. Cilia are present only around the mouth. When isolated, these larvae forage for themselves, and secrete a mucous sheath in which they lie. The incidence of setae in an 8-segmented larva is as follows: first segment with 2 limbate setae; second segment with 3 limbate setae and 1 hook; third and fourth segments each with 2 setae and 1 hook; fifth to eighth segments each with 1 seta. In the adult specimen from which these larvae are taken, the arrangement of setae is as follows, counting from dorsal to ventral positions: first segment with 4 limbate setae, 1 simple hook, 1 seta; second segment with 3 setae, 2 simple hooks, 1 seta; third to twenty-eighth segments with similar arrangement as in NO. 2 HARTMAN: NEW SPECIES OF POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 163 the second segment, though with increasing number of hooks and fewer setae; posterior to the twenty-eighth segment the ventralmost setae are absent. Family Disomidae The family DISOMIDAE has not heretofore been reported from the Western Hemisphere or the eastern Pacific. It is a small family; its affinities are with the Spionidae and Chaetopteridae, but it differs from these in having a setigerous cephalic cage, and in its parapodial struc- tures. It is known through only 2 genera, Disomides Chamberlin (—Disoma Oersted) and Poecilochaetus Claparéde. Three species of Poecilochaetus have been described, one since the excellent studies by Allen (1904, pp. 79-151) on the anatomy of this group. [hese species are: Poecilochaetus fulgoris Claparéde (1874, p. 9), dredged from the eastern Atlantic, off western France, in 725 fms. Poecilochaetus serpens Allen (1904, p. 79), from northwestern and southern Europe. Poecilochaetus tropicus Okuda (1937, p. 294), from the South Sea Islands. Another member of this genus, Poecilochaetus johnsoni, new species, has recently been discovered in southern California, near the mouth of Mission Bay. Genus POECILOCHAETUS Claparéde Prostomium small, subglobular, with 4 eye spots, with an antero- ventrally inserted median antenna, and a trifid nuchal organ. Two ex- tensile, elongate palpi, grooved as in the Spionidae. First segment setig- erous, robust, directed anteriorly at sides of prostomium, provided with stout setae that form a cephalic cage (pl. 30, fig. 17), its ventral cirrus greatly enlarged (pl. 30, fig. 18). Parapodia between segments 7 and 11 have dorsal and ventral cirri that are clavate, with bulbous tips (pl. 30, fig. 16) ; more posteriorly dorsal and ventral cirri are flattened, foliose (pl. 30, fig. 14). Setae include plumose (pl. 30, fig. 22), pointed serrulate (pl. 30, fig. 21), falcate crotchets (pl. 30, fig. 19), and blunt acicular with a bushy tip (pl. 30, fig. 24). 164 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 A key to the species of Poecilochaetus Claparéde 1. Dorsum conspicuously tubercled . .... . . P. fulgorss Dorsum smooth or at least not tubercled . . . . .... 2 2. Posterior segments provided with heavy spines that replace the dor- salmost notopodial setae; lateral processes of nuchal organ greatly boinc ted ohh ep) a) wei MUIR ies acetal et ah seu casa eR pi ea meena 2. Posterior segments without special spines; lateral processes of nuchalorgan ‘reduced in length) 6) 46... Se ee eS 3. Dorsal and ventral cirri reduced, fingerlike from the twenty-first segment; stout spines in median segments not known. P. tropicus 3. Dorsal and ventral cirri continuing large through the median region, the ventral cirri large throughout; median segments with stout, blunt spines in notopodia and neuropodia . . P. johnsoni (see below) Poecilochaetus johnsoni, new species Plate 30, Figs. 14-24 Long, slender; length to 90 mm or over, width to 4 mm at tenth setigerous segment or widest part. Body depressed, tapering gradually posteriorly, the parapodia strictly lateral. Number of segments 150 or over. Most of the integument is delicately punctate, but appears smooth under low magnification. An area about the mouth and the ventral surface of segments 1 and 2, and part of segment 3, is covered with conical tubercles (pl. 30, fig. 18). They are continued in the mouth and on the bases of the ventral cirri of the first segment. On the mid- dorsum of segment 9 there is a dark, chitinous, diamond-shaped, elevated structure. The prostomium is subspherical; there are 2 minute eye spots near the posterior margin, and 2 somewhat larger spots near the anterior margin (pl. 30, fig. 17). Anteroventral margin with a median, cylindri- cal antenna that projects forward between the first pair of setal fascicles. A well-developed nuchal organ arises at the posterior margin of the prostomium, its median elongation extends posteriorly to the sixth seg- ment (preserved), its lateral lobes are less conspicuous swellings (pl. 30, fig. 17). There are 2 very long, grooved palpi inserted at the sides of the prostomium. In life, they extend posteriorly to about the thirty- first segment. They are held parallel to the sides of the body and lie along the dorsum, just within the notopodial ridges. They autotomize on fixation. NO. 2 HARTMAN: NEW SPECIES OF POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 165 The first segment is enlarged, and projects forward, almost sur- rounding the prostomium. Its dorsal cirrus is a slender, fingerlike pro- jection, its ventral cirrus large, clavate, similar in shape and size to the dorsal cirrus of the second segment. Setal fascicles of the first seg- ment are directed anteriorly and medially (pl. 30, fig. 17). Segments 2 to 6 resemble one another in general appearance. Each is provided with tapering dorsal and ventral cirri, the dorsal the larger. Segments 2 and 3 have each 3 or 4 (a fifth may be embedded in the parapodium) heavy falcate spines in the neuropodia (pl. 30, figs. 15, 19) in addition to a tiny fascicle of a few, fine, capillary setae (pl. 30, fig. 015). Segments 7 to 13 have flask-shaped dorsal and ventral cirri; the bases are thickened, the neck is long, slender, and terminates in a knob (pl. 30, fig. 16). The notopodia and neuropodia are similar to one another in size and structure. There is, in each, a fan-shaped fascicle of numerous long, capillary setae and a few (2 or 3) shorter, spinose setae. From segment 14, posteriorly, the dorsal and ventral cirri again resemble those in anterior segments, but are less attenuated distally. The ventral cirri continue large, the dorsal cirri are about as large as the ventral cirri to segment 25, but gradually become smaller pos- teriorly. Setal fascicles are fan shaped in the first 46 segments, forming smooth, arcuate series in both notopodia and neuropodia. From the forty-seventh segment, the setae of the notopodia are arranged in whorls, and inserted just anterior to the origin of the dorsal cirrus. Setae con- sist of 5 kinds, together with intergrading forms. (1) Slender, capillary setae are present in all segments, in both notopodia and neuropodia, though in the neuropodia of segments 2 and 3 they are few and re- duced in size. (2) Spinose setae (pl. 30, fig. 21) occur, in small num- ber, in most segments except the most anterior ones. In the seventh seg- ment there is only 1 (or 2) in a segment, and the spinose region is re- stricted. By the fourteenth segment the longer, superior and inferior- most capillaries are almost entirely replaced by spinose setae. (3) Plu- mose setae (pl. 30, fig. 22) are present in the proximal portions of the fascicles in both podia (pl. 30, fig. 14). (4) Stout spines with hirsute tips (pl. 30, fig. 24) are present in segments 22 to 46. There are 3 to 6 in a fascicle, inserted just ventral to the dorsal cirrus and dorsal to the ventral cirrus. They have not been observed in the region where 166 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 the notopodial fascicles are whorled. (5) Stout falcate hooks (pl. 30, fig. 19) are only in segments 2 and 3. The last 20 or more segments are short, crowded. The anus is sub- terminal, bounded along its ventral margin with 3 subequal, clavate cirri, and a median cirrus dorsal to the proximal paired cirri. Color in life golden brown with greenish yellow, especially in the anterior dorsal region; posterior region darker. Color in alcohol cream or drab yellow. Poecilochaetus johnsoni inhabits long, tortuous burrows, that are surrounded by a loosely constructed covering of rust-colored sand which crumbles readily. The substratum is black, muddy sand that can be walked on without sinking. It is proximal to the open ocean, but cut off by a low sand spit. It is a pleasure to dedicate this species to Dr. Martin W. Johnson, of the Scripps Institution of Oceanography at La Jolla, California, who made these collections possible. Holotype-—AHF no. 22. Distribution.—Miussion Bay, southern California, in the low, inter- tidal zone. Systematic discussion.—Poecilochaetus johnsoni is distinguishable from other species of this genus as indicated in the key above. It ap- proaches P. tropicus Okuda more nearly than other species in general appearance and parapodial structures. Okuda was unable to attribute long, paired palpi to P. tropicus, but since these structures autotomize readily, they might have been lost from the specimens when examined. ‘The presence or absence of stout, dorsal hooks in the posterior region has not been ascertained for P. tropicus, because of incomplete materials. They are absent in P. johnsoni. Another notable difference between these two is in the shape of the parapodial cirri after the twenty-first segment. In P. tropicus they are slender, cirriform, in P. johnsoni these continue broad, foliose (pl. 30, fig. 14). No. 2 HARTMAN: NEW SPECIES OF POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 167 LITERATURE CITED ALLEN, E. J. 1904. The anatomy of Poecilochaetus Claparéde. Quar. J. Micr. Sci., vol. 48, pp. 79-151, 6 pls., 1 fig. CLAPAREDE, E. 1874. In Ehlers’ Beitrige zur Kenntniss der verticalverbreitung der Bors- tenwiirmer im Meere. Zeits. wiss. Zool., vol. 25, pp. 1-102, 4 pls. CROSSLAND, C. 1924. Polychaeta of tropical East Africa, the Red Sea, and Cape Verde Islands collected by Cyril Crossland, and of the Maldive Archipelago collected by Professor Stanley Gardiner, M.A., F.R.S. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pt. 1, pp. 1-106, 126 figs. Jounson, H. P. 1901. The Polychaeta of the Puget Sound region. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 29, pp. 381-431, 19 pls. KINBERG, J. G. H. 1865. Annulata nova. Ofv. K. Vetensk.—Akad., Férhandl., Stockholm, vol. 21, pp. 559-574, Monro, C. C. A. 1933. The Polychaeta errantia collected by Dr. C. Crossland at Colén, in the Panama region, and the Galapagos Islands during the expedi- tion of the S.Y. “St. George.” Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pt. 1, pp. 1-96, 36 figs. Moore, J. P. 1909. Polychaetous annelids from Monterey Bay and San Diego, Cali- fornia. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 61, pp. 235-295, 3 pls. OxupaA, S. 1937. Polychaetous annelids from the Palau Islands and adjacent waters, the South Sea Islands. Bull. Biogeogr. Soc. Japan, vol. 7, no. 12, pp. 257-316, 59 figs. ScHMARDA, L. K. 1861. Neue wirbellose Thiere beobachtet und gesammelt auf einer Reise um die Erde, 1853-1857, vol. 1: Turbellarien, Rotatorien und An- neliden, pt. 2. TREADWELL, L. A. 1906. Polychaetous annelids of the Hawaiian Islands collected by the steamer Albatross in 1902. Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm., vol. 23 (for 1903), pt. 3, pp. 1145-1181, 81 figs. 1914. Polychaetous annelids of the Pacific coast in the collections of the Zoological Museum of the University of California. Univ. California Publ. Zool., vol. 13, pp. 175-234, 2 pls. 168 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 PLATE 29 Figures 1 to 4, Hesionella mccullochae: Fig. 1, entire individual in dorsal view, the ventral palpi indicated in dotted lines, x 50; Fig. 2, twenty-fifth parapodium in posterior view, setae indi- cated, x 220; Fig. 3, an inferior seta from the same para- podium, x 494; Fig. 4, a superior seta from the same para- podium, x 494. Figures 5 to 13, Lumbrineris brevicirra: Fig. 5, limbate seta from second parapodium of an 8-segmented larva, x 494; Fig. 6, hooded hook from the same parapodium, x 494; Fig. 7, an- terior end in dorsal view of an &8-segmented larva, the pro- boscidial armature seen through the body wall, x 50; Fig. 8, outline of entire individual of an 8-segmented larva to indi- cate length/width proportions, x 24; Fig. 9, a 3-segmented larva with large, yolky mass indicated by stippling, x 50; Fig. 10, an unsegmented early stage, x 50; Fig. 11, mandible from an 8-segmented larva, in dorsal view, x 50; Fig. 12, anterior end, from left side, of adult female with numerous larvae, x 9.5; Fig. 13, same in ventral view, x 9.5. NO. 2 HARTMAN: NEW SPECIES OF POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 29 \Z Qa 0 S> aA we Ja So S> fo 170 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL PLATE 30 Figures 14 to 24, Poecilochaetus johnsoni: Fig. 14, twenty-fifth para- podium showing distribution of spinose and plumose setae and stout spines, x 32; Fig. 15, second parapodium in anterior view, x 32; Fig. 16, seventh parapodium in anterior view, x 32; Fig. 17, anterior end in dorsal view, the anterior, ventral eyes shown in dotted lines, the long, paired palpi only partly indicated, x 15; Fig. 18, same individual in ventral view, x 15; Fig. 19, two of the 4 stout spines from second parapodium, x 54; Fig. 20, a pilose, notopodial seta from seventh para- podium, x 54; Fig. 21, tip of a spinose seta from twenty-fifth parapodium, x 159; Fig. 22, tip of a plumose seta from same parapodium, x 159; Fig. 23, a shorter, inferior notopodial seta, with algal filaments (?), x 54; Fig. 24, a stout, spine-like seta with distal tuft, from twenty-fifth parapodium, x 159. PL. 30 No. 2 HARTMAN: NEW SPECIES OF POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS Vi —_— —e | Yi i ve) _ \ DOSS L&? ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOLUME 7 NUMBER 3 POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS Part II. CHRYSOPETALIDAE TO GONIADIDAE (PLatEs 31-44) by OLGA HARTMAN ir THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 1940 REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS OF VELERO III OFF THE COAST OF MEXICO, CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, AND GALA- PAGOS ISLANDS IN 1932, IN 1933, IN 1934, IN 1935, IN 1936, IN 1937, AND IN 1938. POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PART II. CHRYSOPETALIDAE TO GONIADIDAE (Piates 31-44) By OLGA HARTMAN THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS ALLAN Hancock PaciFic EXPEDITIONS VOLUME 7, NUMBER 3 IsSUED FEBRUARY 20, 1940 Tue UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS Los ANGELES, CALIFORNIA POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS Part II. CHRYSOPETALIDAE TO GONIADIDAE (PLATES 31-44) By O_ca HartTMAN This is the second report on the polychaetous annelids collected by the Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions from the tropical and subtropical eastern Pacific. It includes the families Chrysopetalidae, Amphinomidae, Euphrosynidae Hesionidae, Stauronereidae, Nereidae, Nephthyidae, Gly- ceridae, and Goniadidae, in the order named. A station list, below, includes only those stations of the expeditions which were represented in the families herein considered. Under each are given the species of these families collected. St. 2-33. Jan. 2, 1933. ‘Tenacatita Bay, Jalisco, Mexico. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) St. 8-33. Jan. 17, 1933. La Libertad, Ecuador. With electric light, at night. Platynereis polyscalma Chamberlin Goniada acicula, new species St. 10-33. Jan. 18, 1933. La Libertad, Ecuador. Rocks south of Pt. St. Elena. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) St. 11-33. Jan. 18, 1933. Same as above. With electric light, at night. Nereis riisei Grube Platynereis polyscalma Chamberlin Pseudonereis gallapagensis Kinberg St. 12-33. Jan. 19, 1933. Same as above. Dredging along village beach, in 4 fms. Ceratonereis tentaculata Kinberg Nereis riisei Grube Uncinereis agassizi (Ehlers) St. 13-33. Jan. 19, 1933. Same as above. With electric light, at night. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) Ceratonereis costae (Grube) Nereis riisei Grube Platynereis polyscalma Chamberlin [173] APR 3 0 Yau 174 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 St. 16-33. Jan. 20, 1933. Same as above. Rocks south of village. St. St. St: St. St. St. St Dt St Sue SE St. S ct S ct ee) t Pseudonereis gallapagensis Kinberg 19-33. Jan. 21, 1933. Same as above. At Pt. Brava. Pseudonereis gallapagensis Kinberg 21-33. Jan. 22, 1933. Salango Island, Ecuador. Nereis paucignatha, new species 22-33 Jan. 22, 1933; Wa) Platasland; Ecuador. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) 27-33. Jan. 25, 1933. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, Galapagos. Rocky pit. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) 33-33. Jan. 27, 1933. Black Beach Anchorage, Charles Island, Galapagos. Shore. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) 41-33. Jan. 30, 1933. Chatham Island, Galapagos. Dredged east of Wreck Bay, in 4 fms. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) 42-33. Jan. 31, 1933. Same as above. Opposite Kicker Rock. Shore. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) 48-33. Feb. 2, 1933. Barrington Island. In bay, along shore. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) 52-33. Feb. 4, 1933. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island. Shore. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) 59-33. Feb. 6, 1933. Charles Island, Cormorant Bay. Dredged, in 13 fms. Hesione intertexta Grube 66-33. Feb. 9, 1933. Albemarle Island, Tagus Cove. Dredged, in 10-20 fms. Uncinereis agassizi (Ehlers) 69-33. Feb. 11, 1933. Albemarle Island, Albemarle Pt. Shore. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) . 73-33. Feb. 13, 1933. Albemarle Island, Cartago Bay. North Beach. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) . 74-33. Feb. 14, 1933. Same as above. Dredged, in 3-6 fms. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) . 94-33. Feb. 22, 1933. ‘Tower Island, Darwin Bay. Coral, from seal beach. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) NO. 3 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 175 St. 96-33. Feb. 24, 1933. Same as above. St St. SE: St. St. St. Si St. St. ot St. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) . 99-33. Feb. 25, 1933. Tower Island, Darwin Bay. In tangles. Nereis riisei Grube 101-33. Feb. 26, 1933. Same as above. Seal beach, on shore. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) 114-33. Mar. 10, 1933. Bahia Honda, Panama. Near East Point. In coral, from 2 fms. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) Pherecardia striata (Kinberg) Ceratonereis tentaculata Kinberg 116-33. Mar. 13, 1933. Puerto Culebra, Costa Rica. Cocos Bay. Dredged, in 2 fms. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) Glycinde multidens F. Miiller 120-33. Mar. 17, 1933. Petatlan Bay, Guerrero, Mexico. Shore. Nereis riisei Grube 124-33. Mar. 19, 1933. Isabel Island, Sinaloa, Mexico. Shore. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) 126-33. Mar. 21, 1933. Santa Maria Bay, Lower California, Mexico. Dredged, in 0-25 fms. Paleanotus chrysolepis Schmarda 127-33. Mar. 21, 1933. Same as above. Shore. Nereis callaona Grube 132-34. Jan. 4, 1934. Braithwaite Bay, Socorro Island, Mexico. Dredged, in 40 fms. Rock, nullipore fragments. Nereis riisei Grube Glycera tesselata Grube 134-34. Jan. 5, 1934. Sulphur Bay, Clarion Island, Mexico. Dredged, in 14 fms. Rocks, with nullipore fragments. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) Hesione intertexta Grube 146-34. Jan. 12, 1934. Albemarle Island, north end. Shore col- lecting south of point. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) Pherecardia striata (Kinberg) 176 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 St St St: St. St: Ot St. St. St. St. St 148-34. Jan. 13, 1934. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island. Dredged, in 12-15 fms. Hesione intertexta Grube Nereis riiset Grube Uncinereis agassizi (Ehlers) 154-34. Jan. 15, 1934. Albemarle Island, Tagus Cove. Reef, north of hill. Shore. Pseudonereis gallapagensis Kinberg 161-34. Jan. 17, 1934. Charles Island, Galapagos. Taylor Rock. Dredged, in 0-3 fms. Chloeia viridis Schmarda Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) Notopygos ornata Grube 163-34. Jan. 18, 1934. Same as above. Black Beach, shore. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) 167-34. Jan. 19, 1934. Same as above. Post Office Bay. Dredged, in 15 fms. Rock. Hesione intertexta Grube 169-34. Jan. 20, 1934. Indefatigable Island, Academy Bay. Dredged. Rock, mostly covered with algae. Hesione intertexta Grube Uncinereis agassizi (Ehlers) 173-34. Jan. 22, 1934. South Seymour Island, Velero Bay. Dredged, in 5 fms. Sand, with rock patches. Glycinde multidens F. Miller 177-34. Jan. 23, 1934. Sulivan Bay, James Island, Galapagos. Dredged, in 5-20 fms. Rock, with sand patches. Chloeia viridis Schmarda Uncinereis agassizi (Ehlers) 182-34. Jan. 24, 1934. James Bay, James Island, Galapagos. Dredged, in 30 fms. Coarse sand. Chloeia viridis Schmarda Uncinereis agassizi (Ehlers) 185-34. Jan. 25, 1934. Albemarle Island, Cartago Bay. 2 miles from white rock. Dredged, in 32 fms. Mud. Nephthys dibranchis Grube 187-34. Jan. 25, 1934. Same as above. Southwest part of bay. Dredged, in 8-10 fms. Sand, with occasional rock patches. Nephthys dibranchis Grube No. 3 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 177 St. 193-34. Jan. 27, 1934. Charles Island, Post Office Bay. Dredged, in 8-10 fms. Sand and rock, with algae. Uncinereis agassizi (Ehlers) St. 194-34. Jan. 27, 1934. Same as above. Onslow Island. Coral, in- side crater. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) St. 196-34. Jan. 29, 1934. Charles Island, north of island. Dredged, in 8-10 fms. Rough rock. Chloeia viridis Schmarda Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) St. 197-34. Jan. 29, 1934. Same as above. Dredged off point, in 35-40 fms. Rocky. Ceratonereis tentaculata Kinberg St. 198-34. Jan. 29, 1934. Same as above. Dredged, in 55-65 fms. Sand. Chloeia viridis Schmarda St. 202-34. Jan. 31, 1934. Gardner Bay, Hood Island. Osborn Island, shore. Chloeia viridis Schmarda Notopygos ornata Grube St. 204a-34. Feb. 8, 1934. Albemarle Island, Tagus Cove. From fish trap. Chloeia viridis Schmarda St. 209-34. Feb. 9, 1934. La Libertad, Ecuador. North of Pt. St. Elena. Dredged, in 8-10 fms. Rock, with large shells and gor- gonids. Ceratonereis costae (Grube) St. 210-34. Feb. 9, 1934. Same as above. Between La Libertad and Salinas. Dredged, in 7-10 fms. Rock, with large shells and gor- gonids. Ceratonereis tentaculata Kinberg St. 210a-34. Feb. 9, 1934. Same as above. From fish trap. Chloeia viridis Schmarda St. 213-34. Feb. 10, 1934. La Plata Island, Ecuador. North of an- chorage. Dredged, in 7-10 fms. Rocky, with nullipores. Chloeia entypa Chamberlin Hesione intertexta Grube Nephthys dibranchis Grube 178 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 St. 218-34. Feb. 12, 1934. Gorgona Island, Colombia. North end of island, shore. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) St. 234-34. Feb. 14, 1934. Port Utria, Colombia. West side of termi- nal island. Dredged, in 20 fms. Sand and shells. Uncinereis agassizi (Ehlers) St. 244-34. Feb. 21, 1934. Bahia Honda, Panama. Medidor and Pa- cora islands. Dredged, in 30-35 fms. Fine shell, mud, coarse sand. Chloeia entypa Chamberlin St. 247-34. Feb. 21, 1934. Same as above. Porites coral. Notopygos ornata Grube Pherecardia striata (Kinberg) St. 248-34. Feb. 22, 1934. Same as above. Off south point of bay. Dredged, in 25-30 fms. Mud and shell. Chloeia viridis Schmarda Glycera americana Leidy St. 250-34. Feb. 22, 1934. Secas Islands, Panama. Dredged, south of islands, in 25 fms. Mud and dead shells. Chloeia viridis Schmarda Nephthys dibranchis Grube St. 259-34. Feb. 28, 1934. Tangola-Tangola, Mexico. Santa Cruz. Dredged, in 15-20 fms. Sand, gravel, shells, mud. Nephthys magellanica Augener St. 260-34. Mar. 1, 1934. Same as above. Tangola Island. Shore. Nereis pseudoneanthes Hartman Pseudonereis gallapagensis Kinberg St. 274-34. Mar. 4, 1934. Tenacatita Bay, Mexico. Dredged, in 50 fms. Muddy sand. Chloeia viridis Schmarda St. 277-34. Mar. 5, 1934. Isabel Island, Mexico. Dredged, around island, in 10-25 fms. Nullipores. Chioeia viridis Schmarda Ceratonereis tentaculata Kinberg St. 279-34. Mar. 7, 1934. Santa Maria Bay, Lower California. Hughes Point. Dredged, in 10 fms. Rough, rocky. Chloeia viridis Schmarda Nephthys magellanica Augener NO. 3 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 179 St. 280-34. Mar. 7, 1934. Same as above. South of Hughes Point. Dredged, in 30-40 fms. Sand. Chloeia viridis Schmarda Glycera americana Leidy St. 283-34. Mar. 9, 1934. Thurloe Bay, Lower California. Off Thur- loe Point. Dredged, in 8-10 fms. Rock with gorgonids. Nereis pelagica Linnaeus Uncinereis agassizi (Ehlers) Glycera tesselata Grube St. 284-34. Mar. 9, 1934. Same as above. Northwest of Thurloe Point. Dredged, in 30 fms. Coarse sand. Nephthys californiensis Hartman St. 285-34. Mar. 9, 1934. Same as above. Dredged, in 30 fms. Shells. Nephthys magellanica Augener Glycera tesselata Grube St. 288-34. Mar. 10, 1934. South Bay, Carros Island. Shore. Nereis pseudoneanthes Hartman St. 289-34. June 8, 1934. Socorro Island, Mexico. East of Cape Rule. Dredged, in 4-15 fms. Hesione intertexta Grube St. 305-34. June 11, 1934. Clarion Island, Mexico. South of anchor- age. Dredged, in 15 fms. Leocrates chinensis Kinberg St. 310-34. Dec. 3, 1934. Marchena Island, Galapagos. North Bay. Tangles, in 15 fms. Hesione intertexta Grube St. 315-34. Dec. 8, 1934. Indefatigable Island. In coral, opposite Gordon rocks. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) St. 326-34. Dec. 10, 1934. Albemarle Island, Tagus Cove, south side. Dredged, in 15 fms. Nereis pseudonereis, new species St. 336-34. Dec. 12, 1934. James Island, Sulivan Bay. Dredged, in 20 fms. Red algae. Hesione intertexta Grube St. 357-34. Dec. 17, 1934. Hood Island, Galapagos. In coral. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) 180 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoL. 7 St. 364-35. Jan. 10, 1935. Callao, Peru. Parallel with Lorenzo Is- land. Dredged, in 3 fms. Nereis pseudonereis, new species Uncinereis agassizi (Ehlers) St. 366-35. Jan. 10, 1935. Callao, Peru. Between rocks south of Lorenzo Island. Dredged, in 8 fms. Hesione simplex Grube St. 373-35. Jan. 12, 1935. Independencia Bay, Peru. East of Vieja Island. Dredged, in 12 fms. Nereis veleronis, new species St. 374-35. Jan. 12, 1935. Same as above. Nereis pseudonereis, new species St. 375-35. Jan. 13, 1935. Independencia Bay, Peru. Lee side of Vieja Island. Shore. Hesione intertexta Grube St. 376-35. Jan. 13, 1935. Same as above. Dredged, in 7 fms. Glycera papillosa Grube St. 379-35. Jan. 13, 1935. Same as above. Dredged, in 20 fms. Nephthys caecoides ferruginea, new subspecies Glycera americana Leidy St. 380-35. Jan. 14, 1935. Same as above. East side of bay. Shore. Pseudonereis gallapagensis Kinberg Glycera americana Leidy St. 381-35. Jan. 14, 1935. Same as above. East side of bay, off black cliff. Dredged, in 5 fms. Glycera americana Leidy St. 384-35. Jan. 14, 1935. Same as above, 34 mi. offshore. Dredged, in 5 fms. Nereis pseudonereis, new species Nereis veleronis, new species Uncinereis agassizi (Ehlers) St. 385-35. Same as above, 1% mi. offshore. Dredged, in 9-10 fms. Red algae and gastropods. Nereis veleronis, new species St. 391-35. Jan. 17, 1935. Lobos de Afuera, Peru. Main island, with light. Shore, with rocks. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) Uncinereis agassizi (Ehlers) NO. 3 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 181 St. 395-35. Jan. 17, 1935. Same as above. South bay. Dredged, in 14-16 fms. Nereis veleronis, new species Uncinereis agassizi (Ehlers) St. 405-35. Jan. 22, 1935. Gorgona Island, Colombia. Shore, below sandy beach. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) St. 412-35. Jan. 22, 1935. Same as above. In coral, off coconut beach. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) Notopygos ornata Grube Euphrosyne panamica Chamberlin St. 413-35. Jan. 23, 1935. Port Utria, Colombia. Lee beach of island. Shore. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) St. 421-35. Jan. 25, 1935. Same as above. Dredged, in 40 fms. Soft mud. Nephthys dibranchis Grube St. 431-35. Jan. 27, 1935. Octavia Bay, Colombia. North of Octavia, south end of channel. Dredged, in 45 fms. Sand and gravel. Chloeia entypa Chamberlin St. 433-35. Jan. 27, 1935. Same as above. Island off peninsula. Shore, rock shingle. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) St. 436-35. Jan. 28, 1935. Pifias Bay, Panama. Shore. Euphrosyne panamica Chamberlin Nephthys dibranchis Grube St. 438-35. Jan. 29, 1935. Pifias Bay, Panama. North of first small island. Dredged, in 25 fms. Coarse sand. Nephthys magellanica Augener St. 439-35. Jan. 29, 1935. Same as above. Dredged, in 20 fms. Mud and sand. Euphrosyne aurantiaca Johnson St. 443-35. Jan. 29, 1935. Same as above. N.N.E. of Pt. Isle. Dredged, in 20 fms. Mud. Chloeia viridis Schmarda St. 445-35. Feb. 2, 1935. Panama. Shore. Nereis riisei Grube 182 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 St. 446-35. Feb. 4, 1935. Secas Islands, Panama. Small grass-covered island, with reef. Shore. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) Euphrosyne panamica Chamberlin St. 446b-35. Feb. 4, 1935. Same as above. Main island south of an- chorage. Shore. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) Notopygos ornata Grube St. 447-35. Feb. 4, 1935. Same as above. Large open cove on main island. In coral. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) Notopygos ornata Grube Pherecardia striata (Kinberg) St. 451-35. Feb. 5, 1935. Same as above. Toward anchorage from small island. Dredged, in 12 fms. Nephthys panamensis Monro St. 454-35. Feb. 6, 1935. Same as above. Coral tide flat. Shore. Pherecardia striata (Kinberg) St. 456-35. Feb. 6, 1935. Same as above. Dredged, in 12 fms. Nephthys magellanica Augener St. 463-35. Feb. 8, 1935. Playa Blanca, Costa Rica. Off southeast point. Dredged, in 25 fms. Broken shells. Little life. Glycera tesselata Grube St. 465-35. Feb. 8, 1935. Same as above. Shale outcrop between beach and rocky reef. Shore. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) St. 466-35. Feb. 9, 1935. Parker Bay, Costa Rica. Small island at north shore. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) St. 473-35. Feb. 9, 1935. Same as above. In coral. Notopygos ornata Grube St. 477-35. Feb. 11, 1935. Salinas Bay, Costa Rica. Lee side of island, toward sand spit. Dredged, in 2 fms. Glycinde multidens F. Miller St. 481-35. Feb. 11, 1935. Same as above. Off end of island, toward rock to west. Dredged, in 6 fms. Chloeia viridis Schmarda NO. 3 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 183 St. 492-36. Feb. 16, 1936. Pt. Tosco, Lower California. Dredged, in 45 fms. Green mud. Nephthys caecoides ferruginea, new subspecies Nephthys dibranchis Grube Glycera americana Leidy St. 495-36. Feb. 18, 1936. East of Cape San Lucas, Lower California. Dredged, in 10-15 fms. Sand. Chloeia viridis Schmarda Nereis riiset Grube Platynereis polyscalma Chamberlin Uncinereis agassizi (Ehlers) Nephthys assimilis (Oersted ) St. 498-36. Feb. 19, 1936. San Lorenzo Channel, south of Espiritu Santo Island, Gulf of California. Dredged, in 5-15 fms. Coralline algae. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) Ceratonereis tentaculata Kinberg Nereis riisei Grube St. 499-36. Feb. 19, 1936. Same as above. In sand. Nephthys panamensis Monro Glycera americana Leidy Goniada acicula, new species St. 500-36. Feb. 20, 1936. Espiritu Santo Island, Gulf of California. Sand and rock beach opposite anchorage. Shore. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) St. 501-36. Feb. 20, 1936. Same as above. In coral heads, in 1-6 fms. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) St. 503-36. Feb. 21, 1936. La Paz Bay, Gulf of California. Off light- house. In corallines, in 5 fms. Hesione intertexta Grube Platynereis polyscalma Chamberlin St. 510-36. Feb. 22, 1936. Espiritu Santo Island, Gulf of California. Cove south of Ballena Bay. Shore. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) St. 513-36. Feb. 24, 1936. Off San Francisco Island, Gulf of Cali- fornia. Dredged, in 30 fms. Corallines. Chloeia viridis Schmarda Nephthys dibranchis Grube 184 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 St. 516-36. Feb. 25, 1936. East of San Francisco Island, Gulf of California. Dredged, in 120-150 fms. Chloeia viridis Schmarda St. 518-36. Feb. 25, 1936. North bay of San Francisco Island, Gulf of California. Shore. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) St. 525-36. Feb. 28, 1936. Channel west of Coronados Island, Gulf of California. Dredged, in 3-10 fms. Corallines. Ceratonereis tentaculata Kinberg St. 530-36. Mar. 1, 1936. Off San Francisquito Bay, Gulf of Cali- fornia. Dredged, in 10-20 fms. Coral, kelp, nullipores. Uncinereis agassizi (Ehlers) Nephthys magellanica Augener Glycera tesselata Grube St. 532-36. Mar. 2, 1936. Same as above. Dredged, in 20 fms. Sand and kelp. Uncinereis agassizi (Ehlers) St. 533-36. Mar. 2, 1936. Same as above. Dredged, in 40 fms. Broken shell, sand. Notopygos ornata Grube Nephthys magellanica Augener Glycera tesselata Grube St. 536-36. Mar. 2, 1936. Middle of Angeles Bay, Gulf of California. Dredged, in 20 fms. Mud. Chloeia viridis Schmarda St. 545-36. Mar. 4, 1936. In Puerto Refugio, Angel de la Guardia Island, Gulf of California. Dredged, in 60 fms. Broken shell. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) St. 546-36. Mar. 5, 1936. North of Angel de la Guardia Island. Dredged, in 40-70 fms. Chloeia viridis Schmarda Nephthys squamosa Ehlers St. 549-36. Mar. 6, 1936. East of Angel de la Guardia Island. Dredged, in 40 fms. Notopygos ornata Grube Ceratonereis tentaculata Kinberg Uncinereis agassizi (Ehlers) Nephthys magellanica Augener Glycera tesselata Grube Goniada acicula, new species No. 3 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 185 St. 558-36. Mar. 9, 1936. Off Isla Partida to the south. Dredged, in 20 fms. Gravel and shell. Chloeia viridis Schmarda St. 559-36. Mar. 9, 1936. Off Isla Partida to the south. Dredged, in 45 fms. Sand. Euphrosyne bicirrata Moore Nephthys magellanica Augener Glycera tesselata Grube St. 561-36. Mar. 9, 1936. South of Isla Partida to the south. Dredged, in 40 fms. Coral, sand. Chloeia viridis Schmarda Glycera tesselata Grube St. 563-36. Mar. 10, 1936. South end of Tiburon Island, Gulf of California. Dredged, in 40-55 fms. Muddy sand. Chloeia viridis Schmarda Uncinereis agassizi (Ehlers) St. 567-36. Mar. 11, 1936. Bay, south end of Tiburon Island. Dredged, in 4 fms. Ulva and sand. ?Uncinereis agassizi (Ehlers) St. 576-36. Mar. 13, 1936. Between anchorage and Tortuga Island, south end, Gulf of California. Dredged, in 21 fms. Volcanic sand. Chloeia viridis Schmarda Hesione intertexta Grube St. 577-36. Mar. 13, 1936. Off south end of Tortuga Island. Dredged, in 40 fms. Sand. Nephthys magellanica Augener St. 585-36. Mar. 14, 1936. Concepcion Bay, Gulf of California. Coyote Bay. Dredged, in 2-3 fms. Kelp. Hesione intertexta Grube St. 607-36. Mar. 21, 1936. San Lorenzo Channel, Espiritu Santo Is- land, Gulf of California. Dredged, in 24 fms. Corallines. Ceratonereis tentaculata Kinberg St. 610-37. Feb. 15, 1937. Santa Rosalia Bay, Gulf of California. Dredged, in 15 fms. Sand, kelp. Uncinereis agassizi (Ehlers) St. 616-37. Mar. 2, 1937. San Juanico Bay, Gulf of California. Dredged, in 16 fms. Kelp and rock. Nephthys caecoides Hartman 186 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 St. 620-37. Mar. 3, 1937. Cabeza Ballena, east of Cape San Lucas, Gulf of California. Dredged, in 25 fms. Nephthys magellanica Augener St. 622-37. Mar. 3, 1937. Same as above. With electric light, at night. Platynereis polyscalma Chamberlin St. 623-37. Mar. 4, 1937. Same as above. Shore. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) St. 626-37. Mar. 5, 1937. Ensenada de la Muertos, Gulf of Cali- fornia. Shore. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) St. 627-37. Mar. 5, 1937. Same as above. Dredged, in 5 fms. Sand. Chloeia viridis Schmarda Hesione intertexta Grube St. 628-37. Mar. 5, 1937. Same as above. Dredged, in 10-12 fms. Corallines. Nephthys magellanica Augener St. 632-37. Mar. 6, 1937. San Gabriel Bay, Espiritu Santo Island, Gulf of California. Dredged, in 24 fms. Sandy mud. Nephthys squamosa Ehlers Glycera americana Leidy St. 633-37. Mar. 6, 1937. Same as above. Dredged, in 18 fms. Coral- lines. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) Leocrates chinensis Kinberg Ceratonereis tentaculata Kinberg Nereis riisei Grube Nephthys inermis Ehlers St. 634-37. Mar. 6, 1937. Same as above. Shore, corals. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) Ceratonereis tentaculata Kinberg St. 638-37. Mar. 7, 1937. Same as above. Shore, corals. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) Ceratonereis tentaculata Kinberg St. 639-37. Mar. 7, 1937. San Lorenzo Channel, Espiritu Santo Is- land. Dredged, in 3-5 fms. Sand, algae, corallines. Ceratonereis tentaculata Kinberg Platynereis polyscalma Chamberlin No. 3 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 187 St. 643-37. Mar. 8, 1937. Off Ballena Bay, Espiritu Santo Island. Dredged, in 8 fms. Corallines. Nereis riisei Grube St. 661-37. Mar. 10, 1937. Agua Verde Bay, Gulf of California. Anchorage. With electric light, at night. Chloeia viridis Schmarda St. 662-37. Mar. 11, 1937. Same as above. Off San Marcial reef. Dredged, in 8 fms. Chloeia viridis Schmarda Ceratonereis tentaculata Kinberg Nephthys magellanica Augener St. 664-37. Mar. 11, 1937. Same as above. San Marcial reef. Shore. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) St. 667-37. Mar. 12, 1937. Escondido Bay, Gulf of California. Off Carmen Island. Dredged, in 60 fms. Chloeia viridis Schmarda Nephthys dibranchis Grube St. 668-37. Mar. 12, 1937. Same as above. Dredged, in 20 fms. Mud and sand. Chloeia viridis Schmarda Nephthys dibranchis Grube St. 669-37. Mar. 12, 1937. Same as above. Off Danzante. Dredged, in 34 fms. Nephthys squamosa Ehlers St. 675-37. Mar. 15, 1937. Off Pulpito Rock, Gulf of California. Dredged, in 55 fms. Sand, small rocks. Chloeia viridis Schmarda Nereis pelagica Linnaeus Nephthys magellanica Augener St. 677-37. Mar. 15, 1937. Ildefonso Island, Gulf of California. Dredged, in 50 fms. Chloeia viridis Schmarda Nephthys magellanica Augener St. 683-37. Mar. 15, 1937. Outside Concepcion Bay, Gulf of Cali- fornia. Dredged, in 12 fms. Corallines. Ceratonereis tentaculata Kinberg Uncinereis agassizi (Ehlers) 188 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 St. 688-37. Mar. 16, 1937. Concepcion Bay. Dredged, in 12 fms. Sand and mud. Hesione intertexta Grube Ceratonereis tentaculata Kinberg Glycera americana Leidy St. 692-37. Mar. 17, 1937. Tortuga Island, Gulf of California. Dredged, in 18 fms. Chloeia viridis Schmarda Nephthys magellanica Augener St. 696-37. Mar. 18, 1937. Same as above. Dredged, in 45 fms. Sand. Nephthys magellanica Augener Glycera tesselata Grube St. 701-37. Mar. 20, 1937. Angeles Bay, Gulf of California. Dredged, in 32 fms. Sand and shell. Chloeia viridis Schmarda St. 702-37. Mar. 20, 1937. Same as above. Dredged, in 18 fms. Coarse sand. Ceratonereis costae (Grube) Nephthys magellanica Augener St. 704-37. Mar. 20, 1937. Puerto Refugio, Angel de la Guardia Island, Gulf of California. Dredged, in 20 fms. Corallines. Glycera tesselata Grube St. 705-37. Mar. 20, 1937. Same as above. Dredged, in 15 fms. Coarse sand. Nephthys magellanica Augener St. 706-37. Mar. 20, 1937. Same as above. Dredged, in 8-10 fms. Ulva. Uncinereis agassizi (Ehlers) Nephthys magellanica Augener St. 707-37. Mar. 20, 1937. Same as above. Shore. Rocky. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) St. 708-37. Mar. 21, 1937. Same as above. Dredged, in 60 fms. Sand. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) St. 711-37. Mar. 21, 1937. Same as above. Dredged, in 40 fms. Sand. Chloeia viridis Schmarda St. 714-37. Mar. 23, 1937. Willards Point, Gonzaga Bay, Gulf of California. Dredged, in 16-30 fms. Rock, mud. Chloeia viridis Schmarda No. 3 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 189 St. 719-37. Mar. 24, 1937. Consag Rock, Gulf of California. Dredged, in 10-25 fms. Hesione intertexta Grube St. 725-37. Mar. 26, 1937. North of Lobos Point, Sonora, Mexico. Dredged, in 10 fms. Sand. Chloeia viridis Schmarda Nephthys magellanica Augener St. 728-37. Mar. 27, 1937. San Esteban Island, Gulf of California. Shore, rocky. Leptonereis glauca moniloceras, new subspecies Nereis flavipes Ehlers St. 732-37. Mar. 28, 1937. Tiburon Island, Gulf of California. Dredged, in 12 fms. Nephthys magellanica Augener Glycera tesselata Grube St. 733-37. Mar. 29, 1937. San Pedro Nolasco Island, Gulf of Cali- fornia. Dredged, in 45 fms. Rock, sand. Glycera tesselata Grube St. 734-37. Mar. 29, 1937. Same as above. Dredged, in 75 fms. Sand. Chloeia viridis Schmarda Nephthys magellanica Augener St. 735-37. Mar. 29, 1937. Same as above. Dredged, in 110 fms. Sand. Nephthys squamosa Ehlers St. 739-37. Mar. 30,1937. Ensenada de San Francisco, Sonora, Mex- ico. Shore. Rock shingles. Eurythoé complanata ( Pallas) St. 740-37. Mar. 31, 1937. San Ignacio Bay, Sinaloa, Mexico. Dredged, in 3-5 fms. Sand. Glycera americana Leidy St. 745-37. Apr. 2, 1937. Isabel Island, Sinaloa, Mexico. Dredged, in 10-18 fms. Corallines, nullipores. Hesione intertexta Grube Glycera tesselata Grube St. 746-37. Apr. 2, 1937. Same as above. West of anchorage. Shore. Corallines. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) 190 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoL. 7 St. 747-37. Apr. 2, 1937. Same as above. Dredged, in 10-18 fms. Corallines. Nephthys magellanica Augener St. 751-37. Apr. 4, 1937. Los Frailes, Lower California. Dredged, in 5-15 fms. Sand and algae. Chloeia viridis Schmarda St. 770-38. Jan. 5, 1938. Off San Jose Light, Guatemala. Dredged, in 7-11 fms. Black sand, shell, mud. Nephthys dibranchis Grube Nephthys assimilis Oersted Glycera convoluta Keferstein St. 779-38. Jan. 14, 1938. Off Nuez Island, Cocos Island, Costa Rica. Dredged, in 30-50 fms. Rock, coral and corallines. Chloeia viridis Schmarda St. 782-38. Jan. 16, 1938. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, Galapagos. Shore. Rock, at Seal Beach. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) St. 783-38. Jan. 16, 1938. Same as above. Dredged, in 40-70 fms. White sand, rock. Notopygos ornata Grube St. 784-38. Jan. 17, 1938. Same as above. Shore. Rock, at Middle Beach. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) St. 786-38. Jan. 18, 1938. Northeast of Indefatigable Island. Dredged, in 392 fms. Sand. ?Glycera oxycephala Ehlers St. 788-38. Jan. 19, 1938. South and east of Daphne Major Island, Galapagos. Dredged, in 55 fms. Coral, shell. Nereis riisei Grube St. 789-38. Jan. 19, 1938. South Seymour Island, Galapagos. Shore. Rocky. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) St. 796-38. Jan. 21, 1938. Sulivan Bay, James Island, Galapagos. Shore. Rocky. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) St. 811-38. Jan. 26, 1938. Barrington Island, Galapagos. In coral. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) Hesione intertexta Grube NO. 3 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 191 St. 814-38. Jan. 28, 1938. North of Hood Island, Galapagos. Dredged, in 20-40 fms. Sand, shell. Chloeia viridis Schmarda St. 820-38. Feb. 6, 1938. San Nicholas Bay, Peru. Dredged, in 10-25 fms. Mud. Nephthys caecoides ferruginea, new subspecies St. 823-38. Feb. 7, 1938. San Juan Bay, Peru. Dredged, in 30-40 fms. Mud. Nephthys caecoides ferruginea, new subspecies St. 826-38. Feb. 7, 1938. Same as above. Dredged, in 20-30 fms. Sand, shell. Nephthys lobophora, new species Glycera americana Leidy St. 832-38. Feb. 10, 1938. Independencia Bay, Peru. Dredged, in 10 fms. Shells, sand, algae. Nephthys lobophora, new species St. 833-38. Feb. 10, 1938. Same as above. Off north entrance. Dredged, in 8 fms. Sand, shell. Nephthys magellanica Augener Glycera americana Leidy St. 834-38. Feb. 10, 1938. Same as above. Off east rocky point. Dredged, in 21 fms. Mud. Nephthys caecoides ferruginea, new subspecies St. 835-38. Feb. 10, 1938. Same as above. South end. Dredged, in 18 fms. Sand, shell, rock. Glycera americana Leidy St. 837-38. Feb. 11, 1938. North Chincha Island, Peru. Shore. Rocky. Pseudonereis gallapagensis Kinberg St. 843-38. Feb. 14, 1938. Lobos de Afuera Island, Peru. Dredged, in 25-30 fms. Sand, shell. Uncinereis agassizi (Ehlers) ?Nephthys magellanica Augener Glycera americana Leidy St. 844-38. Feb. 14, 1938. Same as above. Shore. Rocky. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) St. 845-38. Feb. 15, 1938. Sechura Bay, Peru. Dredged, in 9% fms. Coarse sand, red algae. Uncinereis agassizi (Ehlers) Nephthys magellanica Augener 192 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 St. 846-38. Feb. 15, 1938. Same as above. Dredged, in 6 fms. Sand and fine broken shell. Hemipodus simplex (Grube) St. 855-38. Feb. 24, 1938. Gorgona Island, Colombia. North of is- land. Dredged, in 10-20 fms. Mud, rocks. Chloeia entypa Chamberlin St. 856-38. Feb. 25, 1938. Port Utria, Choco, Colombia. Dredged, in 15-30 fms. Mud, sand. Nephthys squamosa Ehlers St. 863-38. Mar. 1, 1938. Bahia Honda, Panama. Off north island. Dredged, in 30-50 fms. Rock, sand. Nephthys inermis Ehlers Glycera tesselata Grube St. 867-38. Mar. 2, 1938. Secas Islands, Panama. Shore. Coral. Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) Pherecardia striata (Kinberg) St. 870-38. Mar. 8, 1938. Isabel Island, Mexico. Dredged, in 10-15 fms. Corallines. Nephthys magellanica Augener St. 871-38. Mar. 11, 1938. 434 miles east of Coronados Island, Mex- ico. Dredged, in 14 fms. Sand, kelp. Nephthys californiensis Hartman St. 874-38. Aug. 1, 1938. Northeast of Anacapa Island, California. Dredged, in 45 fms. Dead shell. Euphrosyne aurantiaca Johnson Nereis pelagica Linnaeus St. 876-38. Aug. 1, 1938. Same as above. Dredged, in 45 fms. Chloeia entypa Chamberlin Nephthys caecoides Hartman Nephthys caecoides ferruginea, new subspecies Glycera americana Leidy St. 881-38. Aug. 2, 1938. East of Santa Rosa Island, California. Dredged, in 10 fms. Uncinereis agassizi (Ehlers) St. 882-38. Mar. 3, 1938. South of San Miguel Island, California. Dredged, in 15 fms. Sand and shell. Uncinereis agassizi (Ehlers) No. 3 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 193 St. 885-38. Aug. 4, 1938. San Luis Obispo Bay, California. Dredged, in 8-14 fms. Nereis latescens Chamberlin Nephthys caecoides Hartman St. 886-38. Aug. 5, 1938. Off Half Moon Bay, California. Dredged, in 16 fms. Coarse gravel. Nephthys caecoides Hartman Glycera americana Leidy St. 887-38. Aug. 7, 1938. East of Middle Farallon Island, California. Dredged, in 37 fms. Cheilonereis cyclurus (Harrington) Nephthys caecoides Hartman Glycera americana Leidy ?Glycera oxycephala Ehlers Glycera rouxii Audouin and Edwards Goniada maculata Oersted St. 888-38. Aug. 8, 1938. Monterey Bay, California. Dredged, in 10- 13 fms. Fine sand. Uncinereis agassizi (Ehlers) Nephthys caecoides Hartman St. 889-38. Aug. 8, 1938. Monterey Bay, off Pt. Pifios, California. Dredged, in 36 fms. Broken shell. Nephthys caecoides Hartman Glycera americana Leidy ?Glycera oxycephala Ehlers Gontada maculata Oersted St. 890-38. Aug. 8, 1938. Same as above. Dredged, in 49-54 fms. Glycera americana Leidy Glycinde multidens F. Miller St. 891-38. Aug. 8, 1938. Outside Monterey Bay, California. Dredged, in 26 fms. Nephthys caecoides Hartman Glycera americana Leidy Glycinde multidens F. Miller St. 892-38. Aug. 9, 1938. In and around Carmel Bay, California. Shoal, to 40 fms. Nephthys caecoides Hartman Glycera americana Leidy Glycinde multidens F. Miiller 194 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 St. 893-38. Aug. 10, 1938. Off Pt. Arguello, California. Dredged, in 15-30 fms. Sand and algae. Nephthys caecoides Hartman Glycinde multidens F. Miiller St. 894-38. Aug. 10, 1938. South of San Miguel Island. Dredged, in 5-15 fms. Kelp. Nephthys caecoides Hartman St. 896-38. Sept. 12-14, 1938. San Miguel Island, California. Dredged. Nephthys caecoides Hartman St. 897-38. Same as above. Nereis pelagica Linnaeus Nephthys caecoides Hartman Glycera americana Leidy St. 898-38. Same as above. Uncinereis agassizi (Ehlers) St. 900-38. Nov. 18, 1938. Off Long Point, Catalina Island. Dredged, in 40 fms. Brachiopod and sponge clusters. Nereis pelagica Linnaeus Leptonereis glauca moniloceras, new subspecies Uncinereis agassizi (Ehlers) Nephthys squamosa Ehlers Glycera tesselata Grube St. 901-38. Nov. 20, 1938. Point Fermin, California. Shore. Nereis neonigripes Hartman St. 902-38. Nov. 21, 1938. Portuguese Bend, California. Shore. Pareurythoé californica (Johnson) Podarke pugettensis Johnson Nereis mediator Chamberlin St. 903-38. Dec. 5, 1938. Anaheim Slough, California. Shore. Fine sand and mud flats, with some Zostera. Nephthys caecoides Hartman Glycera americana Leidy Glycera convoluta Keferstein Glycera longissima Arwidsson Goniada uncinigera Ehlers St. 904-38. Dec. 6, 1938. Laguna Beach, California. Shore, near pier. Pareurythoé californica ( Johnson) Nereis mediator Chamberlin Nereis latescens Chamberlin No. 3 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 195 St. 905-38. Dec. 7, 1938. Same as for St. 903-38. Nephthys caecoides Hartman Glycera americana Leidy St. 906-38. Dec. 8, 1938. Portuguese Bend, California. Reefs at southern end. Shore. Euphrosyne aurantiaca Johnson Pareurythoé californica ( Johnson) Nereis mediator Chamberlin Nephthys californiensis Hartman St. 907-38. Dec. 9, 1938. Bluff Cove, between Portuguese Bend and Redondo Beach, California. Shore. Pareurythoé californica ( Johnson) St. 908-39. Jan. 28, 1939. Off White’s Point, Catalina Island. Dredged, in 45 fms. Coarse sand. Nephthys caecoides Hartman St. 909-39. Jan. 29, 1939. Off Emerald Bay, Catalina Island. Dredged, in 60-90 fms. Mud. Nephthys caecoides Hartman Glycinde multidens F. Miller St. 910-39. Feb. 12, 1939. Portuguese Bend, California. Shore. Rocky beach. Neanthes brandti (Malmgren) Glycera americana Leidy Hemipodus borealis Johnson St. 911-39. Feb. 18, 1939. San Clemente Island, California. Wilson Cove. In 60-85 fms. Nereis pelagica Linnaeus St. 913-39. Feb. 18, 1939. Same as above. Pyramid Cove. In 35-46 fms. Nereis mediator Chamberlin Nephthys caecoides Hartman Nephthys squamosa Ehlers St. 914-39. Feb. 19, 1939. Same as above. In 214 fms. ?Glycera oxycephala Ehlers Glycera tesselata Grube 196 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoL. 7 The following are collections in The University of Southern Cali- fornia, made by various people, previous to the Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions. D-53. Seal Beach, southern California. Dredged, in 3 fms. Glycera americana Leidy D-88. East from breakwater, near San Pedro, California. Dredged, in 8 fms. Glycera americana Leidy D-93. Near Rocky Point, southern California. Dredged. Uncinereis agassizi (Ehlers) Nephthys californiensis Hartman D-103. Off White’s Point, Catalina Island. Dredged. Glycera americana Leidy D-104. Off Catalina Island. Dredged. Uncinereis agassizi (Ehlers) Mission Bay, southern California. Nephthys caecoides Hartman Nephthys punctata Hartman Glycera convoluta Keferstein Glycera dibranchiata Ehlers Glycera robusta Ehlers Hemipodus borealis Johnson Glycinde multidens F. Miller HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 197 No. 3 602 ‘ET ZOL 9B }SOD SI919U0}B1IZ SBPIIION 206 sisua}jadnd ayiepog SOE £59 SISUDUTYD $3}B1909T stl ¥}X9}19}UI JUOISA FT snoawinu £1Z ‘682 ‘bE snozauinu Beet: oupiuolso zy 2th Orb ‘9Eb vorumeued “7 65S hag dicen ls We 6o7 906 “bZ8 vovueine audsoirygdng oepiudAsosgdng 941 sno1awinu PELs VIPIBLIAIIY snojeuinu BOIUIOFITVO soy AINIIeg £8Z Ltt Skd [Oz ‘TIT Zit ‘Sb GLE Lt 6bS ‘EES ee sno1aunu sholawnu snolamiNuU snoiauinu snolawNu snojauINuU ejeuRl[dui0d 20yzAIny eh GLL 'Seh SIPHIA ‘sD sno1ouinu 052 ‘8hz 8h ‘LLZ sno13suinu cra S16 ‘b16 eqeuurd *-D a $68 Eb ‘E1Z 918 edAjua eraojyD _ oeprmourydury 9Z1 sidajoskiyo snjouvs[eg aBpryezadosAiy’y) sobogvppy puvjsy NlId B p1qUL0]0/) DiUDUDg VITY VjISO) [107 piusof sa1vagg {0 avn $090/) 4oponr gq ‘o21xaW *M fo f{j77y “110 SHILITVOOT I a1adVi VoL. 7 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS 198 snoroumnu snoiawinu SZ 695 sholownu snojauimnu IZISSESE SI91IUTIOU() BuayoIL A L8E “OSE sisuasedeyes ‘snse J, “ST “or ‘OT ‘TT slo1auopnasg St ‘IL 3 ae ee euyeosdjod siasiaudjelg snojouinu BataJUOUL SI9IIUTIOg eee ae SIUOIIIAA ‘NI 88Z ‘StI ‘66 Sleclane Ctr ZS1 ‘OZ sho1auinu IdStIl ‘N 9ZE ee staiauopnasd ‘Ny ; 097 887 sayjueauopnasd "yy SL9 ‘E87 sno.auinu eorsejad "Ny 1é eyjeusioned "Ny 106 sadiis1uoau "Ny 906-206 JO}VIPSu "Ny snoJowinu suadsa}¥] ‘N 82L sadraey "Ni Lol BUOR][VO SI919N sno1owWinu Ipueig sayUeON, 82L 006 $¥1900]1UOW Sta19u0}daT £88 SNIn]IAO Sta1aUO[Iay_ L61t 01 ‘Zt tit LL? sno1awinu B} BNI} *D sobvdvjpy puvjsy nlId D1qUuL0j0/) DuLDUvD_ DI1Y VjISOD {v9 viusof 50097), sOPRUITT, ‘ora M fo finp Bi ife) satzadg fo avy SHILITVOOT 199 POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS HARTMAN NO. 3 +16 , 98L “688 “788 Bleydaohxo “dg £06 BUWIISSISUO] “SD se UOISSHTN BUVIVUeIIP *D) £06 . OLL og UOISSIJAL BJN[OAUOD *4) snosauinu 8tZ Ot sno1auinu = = shoJauINU PULOTIBWIE BIDIA[D aBplIadA[H SEL ‘699 Rat 968 ‘ZE9‘9bS «£16 ‘006 eee *g UOISSI}AI e}ejound "Ny Ist 66v sisuaureued "yy S+8 O28 “Lvl : ‘EbSe ‘EE8 9s¢ ‘Seb ‘SzL‘6Sz~ —«- SNoxauINu vorue]asew *N ££8 ‘E78 vueniad vinoideU ‘N ZE8 ‘978 Broydoqo ‘N £98 ££9 od la | 899 ‘£99 : $81 ‘ST £1Z 1b 98 OSE OLL ‘ELS ‘Z6b pie hoo | TL8 “b8Z sno1awinu SISUITUIOFI[BO "NV PES ‘E78 3S . ‘0Z8 “6LE Z6b 918 vaulsnilaz "Nl 919 sno1awnu SaPI0dIBd *NY OLL S6v si[ruisse shyjyqdany oeprAyyydeny sobvdvvy puvjs] Nad B D1quLoj0;) Duvuvg vI1y vISOD {vp viusof a gpm OR a _feting age SGILITVOOT VoL. 7 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS 200 £06 BlISTUIOUN “4 688 ‘288 B}e [NIV “SD 8 6¢S ‘660 B[No1oe BpeIU0y "q WOISsI] *606 ‘ als LLY ‘OTT 668 “068 sudpHjnw spurldd[y SEpIpEIEOS) 9+8 SGLE~998 xodurs "yy “er TOPS st]va10q snpod ius py StL : £98 ‘9b ‘CEL snorawinu +16 ‘006 Unda els) L88 ITXNOI “SD “g UOISSIPA] BISNQOI “5 OLE esojjided “5 “sobvgvjpy —- punjsy nad B D1q1ut010/) puvuvg vI1yY V4ISO/) “fv piusof $090.) 4OPOn ITT ‘ooimaW At = {9 FID ee) saadg fo avn SHILITVOOT NO. 3 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 201 Family Chrysopetalidae Genus PALEANOTUS Schmarda Differs from Chrysopetalum Ehlers in that the notopodium is pro- vided with 2 kinds of setae: (1) broad spatulate in the supraacicular fascicle, and (2) narrower, more pointed setae in the subacicular fascicle. Includes Heteropale Johnson. Paleanotus chrysolepis Schmarda Paleanotus chrysolepis Schmarda, 1861, p. 163, pl. 37, figs. 326-329; Augener, 1913, pp. 76-78; Monro, 1933, p. 19; Day, 1934, p. 20: Heteropale bellis Johnson, 1897, pp. 163-164, pl. 6, figs. 20-23; Berke- ley 1923p. 2123952) pot. Collection.—126-33. One specimen. The single individual is ovigerous, incomplete posteriorly. Its small size, inconspicuous coloration, and fragility do not favor its discovery in collections, although it is perhaps much more commonly present than its incidence in collections would indicate. Distribution Cape of Good Hope; north and east Pacific, from British Columbia south to Peru. Littoral. Family Amphinomidae Seven species in 5 genera are represented in the collections. These are separable as follows. 1. Body long, subcylindrical; branchiae arborescent, forming com- pact tufts along the notopodial ridge; caruncle a smooth or Ssinuate crest (ple di. ned eg ieee e Sr iy aso 2 1. Body short, depressed oval; branchiae euftlike or pinnatified ; caruncle fon a plaited crest or is laterally lamellated. . . 3 2. Caruncle reduced, extends posteriorly to middle of second setigerous segment; posterior bifurcated neuropodial setae with one or several denticulations on the main fang (pl. 31, fig. 6) ; smaller, to 50 mm long . . Pareurythoé californica, p. 203 2. Caruncle larger, conceals much of the prostomium and extends posteriorly beyond the third setigerous segment (pl. 31, fig. 1) ; most of the posterior bifurcated setae are smooth; larger, to about 350 mm long . . . . Eurythoé complanata, p. 202 202 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 3. Caruncle with paired series of elongate lamellations ; the dorsum of each segment marked with 8 to 12 lines parallel to one an- other, but discontinuous at the intersegmental furrows. Pherecardia striata, p. 207 3. Caruncle with a plaited crest; the dorsum of each segment with or without pigmented pattern, but not with numerous lines parallel to one another cy) 6 jets. yey eee hh ee 4. Branchiae form compact tufts over the notopodial ridge; dor- sum with a pair of broken stripes; caruncle with a high median crest and a pair of spreading lateral crenulated lobes Neve Ae Notopygos ornata, p. 207 4. Branchiae pinnatified, recurving over dorsum; caruncle with a plaited crest, the lateral lobes proximal to the median . . . Chloeia 5 5. Posterior bifurcated notopodial setae with smooth distal fang, the secondary fang very short so as to resemble only a blunt pro- jection; dorsal pigmented pattern consists of 3 longitudinal SEEMDES fogs vol vous eee ee Mis ae fete) Oe ICL eeaeedine ana is 5. Some posterior bifurcated notopodial setae with some serrations on the main fang; secondary fang much larger . . . . . 6 6. Posterior bifurcated notopodial setae serrated on the outer side of the main fang, the serrations directed downward (pl.32, fig.15) ; dorsum with a single, broad, longitudinal stripe C. entypa, p. 205 6. Posterior bifurcated setae with serrations on the inner side, the serrations directed distally (pl. 31, fig. 12) ; dorsum without a pigmented! pattern.) /.0 6. Be). 8) \C.pinnaias poZte Genus EURYTHOE Kinberg Eurythoé complanata (Pallas) Plate 31, Figs. 1-4 Eurythoé complanata Augener, 1913, pp. 87-89 (synonymy) ; Monro, 1933, pp. 4-5; Okuda, 1937, pp. 263-266, figs. 1-2. Collections.—2-33, 10-33, 13-33, 22-33, 27-33, 33-33, 41-33, 42-33, 48-33, 52-33, 69-33, 73-33, 74-33, 94-33, 96-33, 101-33, 114-33, 116-33, 124-33, 134-33, 146-34, 161-34, 194-34, 196-34, 218-34, 315-35, 357-35, 391-35, 405-35, 412-35, 413-35, 433-35, 446-35, 447-35, 465-35, 466-35, 498-36, 500-36, 501-36, 510-36, 518-36, 545-36, 623-37, 626-37, 633-37, 634-37, 638-37, 664-37, 707-37, 708-37, 739-38, 782-38, 784-38, 789-38, 796-38, 811-38, 844-38, 867-38. About 300 specimens. NO. 3 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 203 The largest specimen (Galapagos Islands) is about 350 mm long; its width without, 17 mm, with setae, 20 mm. An individual from 626-37 has dark dorsal and ventral cirri, otherwise it is pale, as usual. Another, from 446-35, has an accessory lateral caruncle. A small individual from 708-38, only 23 mm long, has a regenerated prostomium and first setig- erous segment. Augener (1922, p. 172) studied collections of E. paupera (Grube) from Chile and Juan Fernandez and E. complanata (Pallas) from the tropical Pacific, and concluded that the two were identical, except for size, and that E. complanata is typically much larger than FE. paupera, but that they intergrade. The collections available for study range from the Gulf of California south to Peru and west to the Galapagos Islands. Only one species, E. complanata, is apparently present. The largest individuals (to 350 mm long) came from Hood Island, the smallest from the Gulf of California. In the details of their structure, however, they do not differ (see also dis- cussion under Pareurythoé californica). Distribution.—Circummundane, in tropical seas. Common in inter- tidal zones to 10 fms. Less common in depths to 60 fms (Gulf of Cali- fornia). Found only rarely off southern California, in the intertidal zone, and perhaps may be considered as not occurring, typically, north of the Gulf of California, except from dredged materials. Genus PAREURYTHOE Gustafson Pareurythoé Gustafson (1930, p. 393) was erected to include those species that resemble Eurythoé Kinberg, in which the caruncle is simple, in contradistinction to those in which the caruncle consists of dorsal and ventral lobes. To this genus were assigned 4 species: Eurythoé californica Johnson, E. chilensis Kinberg, both from the eastern Pacific, Pareurythoé japonica Gustafson from Japan, and P. gracilis Gustafson from the Mar- shall and Gilbert islands. Eurythoé spirocirrata Essenberg (1917, p. 66) may belong here. Pareurythoé californica (Johnson) Plate 31, Figs. 5-9 Eurythoé californica Johnson, 1897, pp. 159-161, pl. 5, figs. 8-14; Moore, 1909, p. 242; Treadwell, 1914, p. 179. Pareurythoé californica Gustafson, 1930, pp. 307, 308, 391. Eurythoé paupera Chamberlin, 1918, p. 173. ?Eurythoé californica Ehlers, 1901, p. 34. 204 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vou Collections.—902-38, 904-38, 906-38, 907-38. 10 specimens. Pareurythoé californica, originally described from southern Califor- nia (Johnson, 1897, p. 159), was later made the subject of comparison with Eurythoé paupera (Grube) from western South America by Ehlers (1901, p. 34) and the two were concluded to be the same. Chamberlin (1918, p. 173) identified some specimens from Monterey Bay, Califor- nia, as E. paupera and corroborated Ehlers’ synonymy. These records in- timate a discontinuous distribution of a single species, E. complanata, over widely separated areas, central California and western Chile, which our field collections have not substantiated. E. complanata occurs very rarely in collections from southern California. P. californica, however, which is typically much smaller than E. complanata, is common in southern Cali- fornia, but only rarely taken in central California. For purposes of comparison of these two species, smaller representa- tives of E. complanata from the Gulf of California and typical P. califor- nica from southern California have been used. The most striking differ- ences are: (1) In E. complanata the prostomium and caruncle are com- pressed between the first 4 setigerous segments, the anterior margin of the ocular lobe is posterior to the first segment (pl. 31, fig. 1) ; in P. califor- nica the ocular lobe is not compressed between the first segments, the caruncle extends posteriorly through less than 2 segments, and the an- terior margin of the ocular lobe is anterior to the first segments (pl. 31, fig. 5). (2) The general appearance of E. complanata is spinous, of P. californica notably smoother. (3) In E. complanata the anterior margin of the prostomium is medially incised or concave (pl. 31, fig. 1); in P. californica it is convex (pl. 31, fig. 5). (4) The hastate acicular setae are distally triangular in E. complanata, subquadrate in P. californica (pl. 31, fig. 7). (5) All neuropodial setae of posterior parapodia are orna- mented with one or a few denticulations in P. californica (pl. 31, fig. 8) ; in E. complanata most are smooth (pl. 31, fig. 2), some of the longer setae have a few oblique teeth (pl. 31, fig. 3). The serrated notopodial setae are coarser, relatively, in P. californica (pl. 31, fig. 9). Pareurythoé californica and P. chilensis Kinberg (1910, pl. 12, fig. 9) are different in that P. chilensis has a caruncle that extends posteriorly to the third setigerous segment. According to Kinberg, the setae also are different. Distribution—Southern California. Common in the intertidal zones. On the under sides of rocks, in crevices; sometimes in the burrows of other chaetopods. No. 3 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 205 Genus CHLOEIA Savigny Chloeia viridis Schmarda Chloeia viridis Schmarda, 1861, p. 144; Monro, 1928, pp. 77-78 (synon- ymy) ; 1933, pp. 9-10, fig. 4. Chloeia euglochis Ehlers, 1887, pp. 18-24, pl. 1, figs. 1, 2, pl. 2, figs. 1-8, pl. 3, figs. 1-4. Collections. 161-34, 177-34, 182-34, 196-34, 198-34, 202-34, 248- 34, 250-34, 274-34, 277-34, 279-34, 280-34, 443-35, 481-35, 495-35, 513-36, 516-36, 536-36, 546-36, 558-36, 561-36, 563-36, 576-36, 627-37, 661-37, 662-37, 667-37, 668-37, 675-37, 677-37, 692-37, 701-37, 711-37, 725-37, 734-37, 751-37, 779-38, 814-38. About 100 specimens. These individuals have the characteristic dorsal longitudinal stripes, if not throughout, at least in an anterior region, posterior to the prosto- mial caruncle. The largest measure 77 mm long and 24 mm wide (536- 36, Gulf of California). They agree with the description given by Monro (1933%-p:.9). Distribution-—West Indies; Gulf of California, Mexico, south to Panama; Galapagos and Cocos islands. In depths of 5 to 150 fms. Chloeia entypa Chamberlin Plate 32, Figs. 14-20 Chloeia entypa Chamberlin, 1919, pp. 30-31, pl. 13, figs. 8, 9, pl. 14, figs. 1, 2; Treadwell, 1937, p. 147. ?Chloeia pinnata Monro, 1933, pp. 7-8, fig. 3 (not Moore, 1911; see be- low). Collections —213-34, 244-34, 431-35, 855-38, ?876-38. 6 specimens. Number of segments 28 to 30; length 30 to 40 mm, width 6.5 to iD mm without, 12 to 14 mm with, setae. Bipinnate branchiae are present from segment 4 to the end, but on at least the last 5 segments they become rapidly and progressively smaller. The dorsum has a single broad, diffuse reddish-brown, continuous stripe throughout its length. The branchial rachis has a similar pigment, densest at the base; the filaments are pale. Dorsal cirri are deep purple, ventral cirri pale. The caruncle has about 25 folds on either side. It extends posteriorly to beyond the middle of the fourth setigerous segment. Eyes 4, the anterior pair much the larger, situated at the anterolateral base of the stout me- dian antennal base. Posterior eyes much smaller, at the sides of the pro- stomial lobe (pl. 32, fig. 14). A dusky spot is present just anterior to the 206 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 7 bases of the frontal paired antennae. The latter are nearly in contact at their bases; they are pale for a short distance and deep purple more dis- tally \(pli32, fies 14) In general appearance and size this species resembles Chloeia viridis. The dorsum, however, is marked with a single broad, longitudinal stripe in place of the 3 stripes; also, the body is less firm in preservative (alco- hol), the setae more translucent or yellowish. A single small, perhaps juvenile, individual, only 8 mm long, with 18 setigerous segments, is of interest because of its origin far to the north (Anacapa Island, California) of the typical C. entypa Chamberlin, from western Mexico. The dorsal pigmented pattern is absent, perhaps because of its immature condition, but the more posterior notopodia have bifur- cated notopodial setae that are serrated on the outer side (pl. 31, fig. 19), as is typical of C. entypa from the Gulf of California (pl. 31, figs. 15, 16, 20). The smooth notopodial and neuropodial setae, likewise, resemble those of larger individuals (pl. 31, figs. 17, 18). The prostomial lobe is more rectangular, the posterior eyes proportionately larger, and the car- uncle with folds hardly developed. There is a diffuse dusky spot just an- terior to the frontal antennae, such as Moore described for C. pinnata (1911, pp. 239-243, pl. 15, figs. 1-6) from southern California. In its setal structures, however, it agrees with those of C. entypa (see also C. pinnata, below). Distribution.—Western Mexico; Ecuador; Colombia; Bahia Honda, Panama; California. In depths of 7 to 66 fms. Chloeia pinnata Moore Plate 31, Figs. 10-13 Chloeia pinnata Moore, 1911, pp. 239-243, pl. 15, figs. 1-6; ?Monro, 1933, pp. 7-8, fig. 3 (see above). Collections.—914-39, 915-39. 4 specimens. Length to 17 mm. General color pale salmon, without bands or other pigmented pattern but with minute dark specks dispersed over the dor- sum. Caruncle with a dark median stripe and similar, though paler, pig- ment over the paired folds. Eyes dark purple, the larger anterior eyes circular, but more or less completely merging with the smaller, posterior eyes that are also circular (pl. 31, fig. 10). Ceratophores of dorsal cirri dark purple, the anteriormost dorsal cirri pale, but from about the forty-fifth segment they are increasingly darker NO. 3 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 207 purple. Ventral cirri pale. Branchiae pinnate, present from the fourth setigerous segment, to the posterior end. Notopodia provided with bifurcated setae, some of which have mi- nute serrations on the inner side of the main fang, the serrations directed distally (pl. 31, figs. 12, 13). These are, thus, in sharp contrast with the condition in C. entypa (see above). Anal cirri are elongate, cylindrical, directed posteriorly (pl. 31, fig. 11). These specimens have been identified with C. pinnata Moore because of the presence of the unique, serrated notopodial setae. In this character it differs distinctly from the other two species, C. viridis and C. entypa, reported from the eastern Pacific (see above). Distribution Southern California. Subintertidal, to 310 fms. Genus NOTOPYGOS Grube Notopygos ornata Grube Notopygos ornata Grube, 1856, p. 53; Monro, 1933, pp. 10-11, fig. 5 (synonymy). Lirione maculata Kinberg, 1857, p. 12. Notopygos maculatus Chamberlin, 1919, p. 251. Notopygos maculata Monro, 1928, pp. 78-79. Collections —161-34, 202-34, 247-34, 412-35, 446-35, 447-35, 473- 35, 533-36, 549-36, 783-38. 17 specimens. Distribution —Gulf of California, Mexico, south to Gorgona Island, Colombia; Galapagos Islands. Shore, to 70 fms. In coral. Genus PHERECARDIA Horst Pherecardia striata (Kinberg) Hermodice striata Kinberg, 1857, p. 13; Chamberlin, 1919a, p. 26; Augener, 1927, pp. 122-123. Pherecardia striata Monro, 1924, pp. 72-73; 1928, p. 77; Gustafson, 1930, p. 308, fig. 11, pl. 1, fig. 7; Monro, 1933, p. 7; Okuda, 1937, pp. 265-266, figs. 4-5. Collections —114-33, 146-34, 247-34, 447-35, 454-35, 867-38. About 15 specimens. Distribution.—Tropical eastern and western Pacific; Panama; Gala- pagos Islands. Shore, to 31 fms (Monro, 1924, p. 73). 208 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 7 Family Euphrosynidae This small family is known to be present in the eastern Pacific through only one genus, Euphrosyne Lamarck. Ten species have hereto- fore been reported from the temperate and tropical Pacific. They are: 1. Euphrosyne arctia Johnson (1897, p. 159) from California, north to Alaska. 2. Euphrosyne aurantiaca Johnson (1897, p. 157) from California. 3. Euphrosyne bicirrata Moore (1905, p. 532) from the Gulf of Georgia, south to California. . Euphrosyne calypta Essenberg (1917, p. 63) from California. 5. LEuphrosyne dumosa Moore (1911, p. 235) from Catalina Island, California. 6. LEuphrosyne heterobranchia Johnson (1901, p. 402) from Wash- ington. 7. Euphrosyne hortensis Moore (1905, p. 534) from Alaska, south to California. 8. Euphrosyne kyllosetosa Essenberg (1917, p. 68) from California. 9. Euphrosyne limbata Moore (1911, p. 237) from San Nicolas Island, California. 10. Euphrosyne panamica Chamberlin (1919, p. 33) from the Pacific side of Panama. Nine (nos. 1-9) of these have been ascribed to California, one (no. 10) from Panama, and none from the other areas covered in this report. Among the California species, some may be found to be identical with others, when they will have become more completely known. Thus, E. kyllosetosa and E. aurantiaca bear remarkable similarities to each other (see also p. 210). Furthermore, E. hortensis, E. dumosa, and E. aurantiaca are not easily separable, except through characters that may prove to be variable. Key TO SPECIES 1. Caruncle conspicuously trilobed, with a median and a pair of long, lateral lobes (pl. 32, fig.25) . . . E. panamica, p. 209 1. Caruncle without conspicuous long, lateral lobes . . . . . 2 2. Branchial filaments bilebed..).))<) \:,. .. Ee bteirrata, pu210 2. Branchial filaments ramosely divided (pl. 32, fig. 24) . . . 3 NO. 3 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 209 3. Dorsal setae of one kind, none serrated or strictly bifid; bran- chiae 10 to 12 pairs on a ha het ansaliinanihe divided 3 £0: SpEUMES, His. 4) + 3. Dorsal setae include bifid iii setae (pl 32, fig. 28) pty bifid spurred smooth setae; branchiae variable in number on a PArApGUIUER aN ea ivi cy ta) tds op ee Mee a) 4. Median parapodia with 6 main branchial trunks, each to 4- lobed ; lateral dorsal cirri between second and third gill trunks, counting fromthe dorsum . . . . . E£. calypta Essenberg 4. Median parapodia with 10 to 12 main branchial trunks, each 4 or 5 times dichotomously branched ; lateral dorsal cirri between at trunks 6 and 7 or 5 and 6, counting from the dorsum. AAs gnats “sean te E. limbata Moore 5: With 5 pairs of branchiae, the tips of the filaments flat, ex- PAM y sears We. | hep Mtireyssdt